Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Cable One, Inc.

Cable One, Inc.

cabo · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cabo
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 2817
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Cable One, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Connecting  

our customers  

and communities  

to what matters most.

210 E. Earll Drive 

Phoenix, Arizona 85012

(602) 364-6000 

cableone.biz

2020 Annual Report

LETTER FROM THE PRESIDENT & CEO

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Dear Valued Cable One Shareholders,

2020  will  forever  be  remembered  as  a  year  of  
incomprehensible  challenge  and  uncertainty  caused 
by the COVID-19 pandemic, but also one of courage, 
resiliency  and  innovation.  The  world  became  smaller  
as  quarantines  went  into  effect  and  then  enlarged 
as  individuals  took  advantage  of  connectivity  tools  that  enabled  them 
to work and school from home, utilize telehealth, access entertainment  
and gather virtually with loved ones. 

I  am  very  grateful  to  serve  in  the  broadband  industry  at  a  time  when 
we  are  able  to  provide  that  connectivity  and  truly  make  a  difference  
for  our  customers  and  communities.  Through  years  of  proactive  
management  and  making  capital 
investments  totaling  more  than  
$600  million  since  2018,  we  engineered  a  robust  and  reliable  network  
to  support  the  unprecedented  surge  in  internet  usage,  enabling  us  to 
stay ahead of the consumption curve and provide the speed and capacity 
needed throughout this crisis.

Delivering on Our Purpose
I  am  also  both  humbled  and  incredibly  proud  of  how  our  more  than  
2,700  associates  across  21  states  responded  during  the  pandemic.  
We rapidly transitioned to a work from home environment and adjusted 
our  processes  and  procedures  to  safeguard  the  health  and  well-being  
of  our  associates,  our  customers,  and  the  communities  we  serve.  
While responding to record-setting demand for high-speed internet, our  
associates created innovative ways to safely install and serve customers  
in order to deliver on our purpose of keeping them connected to what  
matters  most.  Because  we  live  and  work  in  the  cities  and  towns  we  
serve, supporting our communities in other ways was equally as critical, 
and we did so through donations of time and money in support of those 
most impacted by COVID-19.

COVID-19 Customer Initiatives 
 ƒ Participation in the FCC’s “Keep Americans Connected Pledge”   
 ƒ Created video chat applications enabling our technicians to  

install and troubleshoot service, while keeping customers safe

 ƒ Free public Wi-Fi hotspots and a low-cost 15 Mbps service  

for the first three months

 ƒ “K-12 Bridge to Broadband” initiative, which helps school  
districts and states provide internet access for students in 
low-income households

 ƒ Donations of $300,000 to Meals on Wheels and local food  

banks; and $50,000 to K-12 schools for back to school supplies   

Despite  wide-ranging  impacts  and  obstacles  from  the  pandemic,  our 
associates  went  above  and  beyond  to  keep  our  business  moving  and 
accomplished  a  number  of  important  pre-planned  initiatives,  including 
the  introduction  of  new  products  and  services;  rebranding  NewWave 
to  Sparklight®;  deploying  DOCSIS  3.1  in  19  markets;  and  completing  
26 backbone projects, just to name a few. It would have been very easy 
and  understandable  for  our  associates  to  succumb  to  the  fatigue  and  
weariness  brought  on  by  the  pandemic,  but  I  can  say  with  unparalleled  
gratitude  and  pride—our  associates  remained  steadfast 
in  their  
unwavering  support  of  our  values—do  right  by  those  we  serve,  drive 
progress and lend a hand. I am truly honored to lead this team.

Strategic Investment & Growth  
With  the  pandemic  came  record  broadband  growth,  as  individuals  who 
had previously relied on wireless or inferior connections experienced the 
need  for  stronger  and  more  reliable  internet  service.  Over  the  course 

of  the  year,  we  saw  a  record  increase  of  82,000  residential  high-speed  
internet customers. To give perspective on that growth number, excluding 
customers added at the closing of each of our acquisitions since 2015,  
we  organically  added  over  50%  more  customers  in  2020  than  we  did  
over the four-and-a-half years between our spin-off and the end of 2019. 

Our  focus  on  driving  the  business  forward  through  acquisitions  and  
strategic  investments  also  continued  on  a  positive  trajectory  in  2020,  
including  our  acquisition  of  ValuNet  and  completing  five  broadband- 
related investments with a cumulative book value of nearly $750 million.  
We  are  pleased  to  welcome  ValuNet  and  (upon  closing)  Hargray  to  
the  Cable  One  family  of  brands,  and  excited  to  work  with  our  new  
partners  at  Mega  Broadband,  Wisper  and  Nextlink.  Each  of  our  
investments  and  acquisitions  has  furthered  our  vision  to  deliver  high- 
quality  broadband  service  to  small  cities  and  large  towns  throughout  
rural America. Looking ahead, we will continue to seek opportunities to 
drive  long-term  shareholder  value  via  organic  growth,  acquisitions  and 
strategic investments. 

Our Commitment to DEI & Corporate Social Responsibility
In  2020,  we  further  strengthened  our  commitment  to  diversity,  equity 
and  inclusion,  working  to  foster  an  environment  in  which  all  associates  
and  customers  are  valued.  In  the  coming  year,  we  will  continue  to  
take  meaningful  measures  in  understanding,  accepting  and  valuing  
one  another’s  differences  and  creating  a  respectful  and 
inclusive  
environment,  as  these  actions  are  core  to  our  values  and  enable  us  to  
better support one another and the communities we serve. 

Through  our  expanded  corporate  giving  program,  we  are  pleased  to  
continue  our  ongoing  partnerships  with  Arbor  Day  Foundation  and  
EmbraceRace,  a  nonprofit  organization  that  supports  parents  in  raising 
children  who  are  brave,  informed  and  thoughtful  about  race.  We  have  
also  launched  the  Cable  One  Charitable  Giving  Fund,  which  provides  
grants  to  support  nonprofit  organizations  across  our  footprint.  Staying  
true  to  our  commitment  to  digital  equity,  we  are  enhancing  our 
Chromebooks  for  Kids  initiative  this  year  by  increasing  the  number  of 
Chromebooks  we  donate  to  Title  I  schools  in  our  markets,  helping  to 
ensure  low  income  students  have  the  devices  they  need  to  participate  
in  virtual  learning.  I  encourage  you  to  learn  more  about  our  initiatives  
by visiting ir.cableone.net/esg.

Emerging Stronger
We  were  gratified  that  our  associates  recognized  our  efforts  over  the  
past year on their behalf as well as that of our customers, as evidenced 
by our recent recognition on the Forbes list of America’s Best Midsized  
Employers  as  well  as  in  the  results  of  our  annual  associate  satisfaction  
survey.  Our  associates  gave  highest  marks  for  taking  associate  safety  
seriously and pride in working for Cable One. Those responses, coupled  
with  a  record  high  satisfaction  rate,  illustrate  that  our  associates  are  
connected and engaged—even in the virtual world we all find ourselves in. 

2020 was a year in which, against tremendous odds, we proudly delivered 
on our commitment to our associates, our customers, our communities  
and  our  shareholders.  I  want  to  thank  all  of  our  associates  for  their  
continued dedication, perseverance and commitment. We have emerged 
with renewed vigor and resolve from one of the most challenging times  
in  recent  history  and  begin  2021  with  hope  for  ongoing  progress  in  a 
transformed world. Thank you for your trust and support on this journey. 

Best, 

Julia M. Laulis 

Chair of the Board, President & Chief Executive Officer

Please refer to the back inside cover of this 2020 Annual Report for important disclaimers.

Julia M. Laulis

Thomas S. Gayner

Mary E. Meduski

Sherrese M. Smith

Chair of the Board, President  

& Chief Executive Officer

Brad D. Brian

Director

Lead Independent Director;  

Chair, Executive Committee  

and Nominating & Governance 

Committee

Deborah J. Kissire

Chair, Audit Committee

Director

Director

Director

Thomas O. Might

Wallace R. Weitz

Kristine E. Miller

Katharine B. Weymouth

Chair, Compensation Committee

Director

Director

EXECUTIVE TEAM

Julia M. Laulis

Chair of the Board, President  

& Chief Executive Officer

Michael E. Bowker

Chief Operating Officer

Steven S. Cochran

Chief Financial Officer

Christopher D. Boone

Senior Vice President, Business 

Services & Emerging Markets

Megan M. Detz

Senior Vice President,  

Human Resources 

(joining in 2021)

Kenneth E. Johnson

Senior Vice President,  

Technology Services

Eric M. Lardy

Senior Vice President,  

Operations & Integration

James A. Obermeyer

Senior Vice President,  

Marketing & Sales

Peter N. Witty

Senior Vice President,  

Donna M. Chatman

Vice President,  

South Central Division

Leann E. Dittman

Vice President,  

Customer Operations

Jarrod L. Head

Vice President,  

Engineering & Construction

Travis G. Marlow

Vice President,  

General Counsel & Secretary

Product Engineering & Support

Juli A. Blanda

Charles B. McDonald

Vice President, West Division 

Vice President, Shared Services

Gary A. McDonald

Vice President, Northeast Division

Stephen W. Pozil

Vice President, Market Expansion

Dale P. Stanley

Vice President,  

Information Systems  

& Application Architecture

Raymond L. Storck, Jr.

Vice President,  

Finance & Treasurer

John M. Walburn

Vice President, Midwest Division

ANNUAL MEETING  

The annual meeting of  

stockholders will be held on  

May 21, 2021 at 8 a.m. MST 

Cable One Corporate Office

210 E. Earll Drive  

Phoenix, AZ 85012

Stock Exchange

Cable One common stock is traded  

on the New York Stock Exchange  

under the symbol CABO

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT  

AND REGISTRAR

General Stockholder Correspondence

Computershare 

PO Box 505000 

Louisville, KY 40233-5000 

Transfers By Overnight Courier

Computershare 

462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600 

Louisville, KY 40202

Stockholder Inquiries

Communication concerning transfer requirements,  

lost certificates, dividends and changes of address should  

be directed to Computershare Investor Services:  

Telephone: (800) 446-2617 | (781) 575-2723    

TDD: (800) 952-9245

Questions also may be sent via the website:  

www.computershare.com/us/investor-inquiries

This document contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts, but rather 

are based on current expectations, estimates, assumptions and projections about our industry, business, strategy, acquisitions and strategic investments, dividend policy, financial results and financial condition 

as well as anticipated impacts from, and our responses to, the COVID-19 pandemic. Please refer to the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” appearing on page 2 of 

our Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other filings with the SEC for more information. The contents of our website is not incorporated by reference into this 2020 Annual Report.

 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

(cid:1409) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 
or 

(cid:1407) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from              to               

Commission File Number: 001-36863 

Cable One, Inc. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 

13-3060083 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, Arizona 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

85012 
(Zip Code)  

(602) 364-6000 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 

Trading Symbol(s) 
CABO 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes   (cid:1408)     No   (cid:1407) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  (cid:1407)       No  (cid:1408) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  (cid:1408)       No  (cid:1407) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 

of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes  (cid:1408)       No  (cid:1407) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or 
an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

(cid:1408)   
(cid:1407)   

Accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company 

(cid:1407) 
(cid:1407) 
(cid:1407) 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 

new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:1407) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared 
or issued its audit report. (cid:1408) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  (cid:1407)     No  (cid:1408) 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2020 was approximately $8.0 billion, based on the 
closing price for the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2020. For purposes of this computation only, all executive officers, directors and 10% beneficial 
owners of the registrant as of June 30, 2020 are deemed to be affiliates of the registrant. Such determination should not be deemed to be an admission that 
such executive officers, directors, or 10% beneficial owners are, in fact, affiliates of the registrant. 

There were 6,034,653 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 19, 2021. 

Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, are incorporated by reference in Part III 
of this Form 10-K. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Business ...........................................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1A.  Risk Factors .....................................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments ............................................................................................................................................  
Properties .........................................................................................................................................................................  
Item 2. 
Legal Proceedings ............................................................................................................................................................  
Item 3. 
Mine Safety Disclosures ..................................................................................................................................................  
Item 4. 

PART II 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ........  
Item 5. 
Selected Financial Data - Not applicable due to early adoption of amendment to Regulation S-K .................................  
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ...........................................  
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ..........................................................................................  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ................................................................................................................  
Item 8. 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...........................................  
Item 9. 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ..................................................................................................................................................  
Item 9B.  Other Information ............................................................................................................................................................  

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ...............................................................................................  
Executive Compensation ..................................................................................................................................................  
Item 11. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .........................  
Item 12. 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence..................................................................  
Item 13. 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services ..........................................................................................................................  
Item 14. 

PART IV 

3 
21  
33  
34 
34  
34 

35 
37 
37  
52  
53  
53 
53  
53 

54 
54 
54 
54 
54 

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ....................................................................................................................  
Form 10-K Summary .......................................................................................................................................................  

55  
58 

Signatures 

  ........................................................................................................................................................................................  

S-1 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements ........................................................................................................................................  

F-1 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This document contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements can be identified by the fact 
that  they  do  not  relate  strictly  to  historical  or  current  facts,  but  rather  are  based  on  current  expectations,  estimates,  assumptions  and 
projections about our industry, business, strategy, acquisitions and strategic investments, dividend policy, financial results and financial 
condition as well as anticipated impacts from, and our responses to, the COVID-19 pandemic. Forward-looking statements often include 
words such as “will,” “should,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes” and words and terms of 
similar substance in connection with discussions of future operating or financial performance. As with any projection or forecast, forward-
looking statements are inherently susceptible to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Our actual results may vary materially from 
those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on any forward-looking 
statement made by us or on our behalf. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in our forward-
looking statements include government regulation, economic, strategic, political and social conditions and the following factors: 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 
(cid:404) 

the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic and its effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations 
and cash flows; 
rising levels of competition from historical and new entrants in our markets; 
recent and future changes in technology; 
our ability to continue to grow our business services products; 
increases in programming costs and retransmission fees; 
our ability to obtain hardware, software and operational support from vendors; 
uncertainties as to the timing of our acquisition of the equity interests in Hargray Acquisition Holdings, LLC (“Hargray”) that 
we do not already own (the “Hargray Acquisition”), and the risk that the Hargray Acquisition may not be completed in a timely 
manner or at all, including failure to receive any required regulatory approvals (or any conditions, limitations or restrictions 
placed in connection with such approvals);  
risks that we may fail to realize the benefits anticipated as a result of the Hargray Acquisition; 
business uncertainties that we and Hargray will be subject to while the Hargray Acquisition is pending that could adversely 
affect our and their businesses;  
risks relating to existing or future acquisitions and strategic investments by us; 
risks that the implementation of our new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system disrupts business operations; 
the integrity and security of our network and information systems; 
the impact of possible security breaches and other disruptions, including cyber-attacks; 
our failure to obtain necessary intellectual and proprietary rights to operate our business and the risk of intellectual property 
claims and litigation against us; 
legislative or regulatory efforts to impose network neutrality (“net neutrality”) and other new requirements on our data services; 
additional regulation of our video and voice services; 
our ability to renew cable system franchises; 
increases in pole attachment costs; 
changes in local governmental franchising authority and broadcast carriage regulations; 
the potential adverse effect of our level of indebtedness on our business, financial condition or results of operations and cash 
flows; 
the restrictions the terms of our indebtedness place on our business and corporate actions; 
the  possibility  that  interest  rates  will  rise,  causing  our  obligations  to  service  our  variable  rate  indebtedness  to  increase 
significantly; 
our ability to continue to pay dividends; 
provisions in our charter, by-laws and Delaware law that could discourage takeovers and limit the judicial forum for certain 
disputes; 
adverse economic conditions; 
fluctuations in our stock price; 
dilution from equity awards and potential stock issuances; 
damage to our reputation or brand image; 
our ability to retain key employees (whom we refer to as associates); 
our ability to incur future indebtedness; 
provisions in our charter that could limit the liabilities for directors; and 
the other risks and uncertainties detailed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Any forward-looking statements made by us in this document speak only as of the date on which they are made. We are under no obligation, 
and expressly disclaim any obligation, except as required by law, to update or alter our forward-looking statements, whether as a result of 
new information, subsequent events or otherwise. 

2 

  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1 

BUSINESS 

Overview 

PART I 

Cable One, Inc. (“Cable One,” “us,” “our,” “we” or the “Company”) is a fully integrated provider of data, video and voice services in 21 
Western, Midwestern and Southern states as of December 31, 2020. We provided these broadband services to residential and business 
customers in approximately 950 communities as of December 31, 2020. The markets we serve are primarily non-metropolitan, secondary 
and tertiary markets, with approximately 78% of our customers located in seven states as of December 31, 2020: Arizona, Idaho, Illinois, 
Mississippi, Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas. Our biggest customer concentrations are in the Mississippi Gulf Coast region and in the greater 
Boise, Idaho region. We provided service to approximately 969,000 residential and business customers out of approximately 2.3 million 
homes passed as of December 31, 2020. Of these customers, approximately 857,000 subscribed to data services, 260,000 subscribed to 
video services and 124,000 subscribed to voice services as of December 31, 2020. 

We generate substantially all of our revenues through three primary product lines. Ranked by share of our total revenues during 2020, they 
are residential data (50.5%), residential video (25.1%) and business services (data, voice and video: 17.7%). The profit margins, growth 
rates and/or capital intensity of these three product lines vary significantly due to competition, product maturity and relative costs. 

In 2020, our adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“Adjusted EBITDA”) margins for residential data and 
business services were approximately eight and nine times greater, respectively, than for residential video. We define Adjusted EBITDA 
margin for a product line as Adjusted EBITDA attributable to that product line divided by revenue attributable to that product line (see the 
section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Use of Adjusted EBITDA” 
for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which is the most directly comparable 
measure  under  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in the  United  States  (“GAAP”)).  This margin  disparity  is  largely  the  result  of 
significant programming costs and retransmission fees incurred to deliver residential video services, which in each of the last three years 
represented  between  61%  and  66%  of  total  residential  video  revenues.  Neither  of  our  other  primary  product  lines  has  direct  costs 
representing as substantial a portion of revenues as programming costs and retransmission fees represent for residential video, and indirect 
costs are generally allocated on a per primary service unit (“PSU”) basis. 

We focus on growing our higher margin businesses, namely residential data and business services. Beginning in 2013, we began our shift 
away from our prior concentration on growing revenues through subscriber retention and maximizing customer PSUs. We adapted our 
strategy to face the industry-wide trends of declining profitability of residential video services and declining revenues from residential 
voice services. The declining profitability of residential video services is due primarily to increasing programming costs and retransmission 
fees and competition from other content providers, and the declining revenues from residential voice services are due primarily to the 
increasing use of wireless voice services instead of residential voice services. Separately, we have also focused on retaining customers who 
are likely to produce higher relative value over the life of their service relationships with us, are less attracted by discounting, require less 
support and churn less. This strategy focuses on increasing Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and margins. 

Excluding the effects of our recently completed acquisitions and divestitures and any potential future acquisitions and divestitures, the 
trends described above and the COVID-19 pandemic have impacted, and are expected to further impact, our three primary product lines in 
the following ways: 

(cid:404)  Residential data. We have experienced growth in residential data customers and revenues every year since 2013, and that growth 
accelerated during 2020, in part as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and our associated responses discussed within the section 
entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Impact of COVID-19.” 
During  2020,  we  organically  added  over  50%  more  residential  data  customers  than  we  did  during  the  four-and-a-half-year 
period between our July 2015 spin-off from our former corporate parent (described below) and the end of 2019. We expect 
growth for this product line to continue over the long-term as upgrades in our broadband capacity, our ability to offer higher 
access speeds than many of our competitors, the reliability and flexibility of our data service offerings and our Wi-Fi support 
service  will  enable  us  to  capture  additional  market  share  from  both  data  subscribers  who  use  other  providers  as  well  as 
households in our footprint that do not yet subscribe to data services from any provider. 

3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
(cid:404)  Residential video. Residential video service is an increasingly costly and fragmenting business, with programming costs and 
retransmission fees continuing to escalate in the face of a proliferation of streaming content alternatives. We intend to continue 
our strategy of focusing on the higher-margin businesses of residential data and business services while de-emphasizing our 
residential video business. We experienced a slightly accelerated decline in organic residential video customers and revenues 
during 2020 in connection with our response to the COVID-19 pandemic due to a temporary suspension of in-home installations. 
As a result of our video strategy, we expect that residential video customers and revenues will decline further in the future. In 
2021,  we announced  that  we  are  launching  Sparklight® TV, an  internet  protocol-based  (“IPTV”)  video  service  that  allows 
customers to stream our video channels from the cloud through a new app. This transition from linear to IPTV video service 
will enable us to reclaim bandwidth, freeing up network capacity to increase data speeds and capacity across our network. 

(cid:404)  Business services. We have experienced significant growth in business data customers and revenues, and we expect this growth 
to continue over the long-term. We attribute this growth to our strategic focus on increasing sales to business customers and our 
efforts to attract enterprise business customers. Margins for products sold to business customers have remained attractive, which 
we  expect  will  continue.  During  2020,  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  our  associated  responses,  including  business  sales 
associates working from home, resulted in suppressed sales growth from small business customers while at the same time the 
pandemic  presented  additional  subscriber  acquisition  and  upgrade  opportunities  primarily  for  mid-market  and  enterprise 
businesses in need of faster and more reliable data and voice services. 

We continue to experience increased competition, particularly from telephone companies, cable and municipal overbuilders, over-the-top 
(“OTT”) video providers and direct broadcast satellite (“DBS”) television providers. Because of the levels of competition we face, we 
believe it is important to make investments in our infrastructure. In addition, a key objective of our capital allocation process is to invest in 
initiatives designed to drive revenue and Adjusted EBITDA expansion. More than 50% of our total capital expenditures since 2017 were 
focused on infrastructure improvements intended to grow these measures. We continue to invest capital to, among other things, increase 
our plant and data capacities as well as network reliability. As of December 31, 2020, we offered Gigabit data service to approximately 
97% of our homes passed. We are also continuing to deploy DOCSIS 3.1, which, together with Sparklight TV, will further increase our 
network capacity and enable future growth in our residential data and business services product lines. 

We expect to continue to devote financial resources to infrastructure improvements in existing and newly acquired markets as well as to 
expand  high-speed  data  service  into  areas  where  our  consortium  was  designated  the  winning  bidder  for  the  Federal  Communications 
Commission’s  (“FCC”)  Rural  Digital  Opportunity  Fund  (“RDOF”)  Phase  I  auction.  We  believe  these  investments  are  necessary  to 
continually meet our customers’ needs and to remain competitive. The capital enhancements associated with recent acquisitions include 
rebuilding low-capacity markets; reclaiming bandwidth from analog video services; implementing 32-channel bonding; deploying DOCSIS 
3.1;  converting  back  office  functions  such  as  billing,  accounting  and  service  provisioning;  migrating  products  to  legacy  Cable  One 
platforms; and expanding our high-capacity fiber network. The term “legacy Cable One” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refers to 
Cable One operations inclusive of operations acquired in the RBI Holding LLC (“NewWave”) transaction and excluding the impact or 
operations acquired in the Delta Communications, L.L.C. (“Clearwave”), Fidelity Communications Co. (“Fidelity”) and Valu-Net LLC 
(“Valu-Net”) transactions, each of which is described below. 

Our primary goals are to continue growing residential data and business services revenues, to increase profit margins and to deliver strong 
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures. To achieve these goals, we intend to continue our disciplined cost 
management  approach,  remain  focused  on  customers  with  expected  higher  relative  value  and  follow  through  with  further  planned 
investments  in  broadband  plant  upgrades,  including  the  deployment  of  DOCSIS  3.1  capabilities  and  new  data  service  offerings  for 
residential  and  business  customers.  At  the  same  time,  we  intend  to  continue  balancing  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  our 
business,  associates,  customers  and  other  stakeholders.  We  also  plan  to  continue  seeking  broadband-related  acquisition  and  strategic 
investment opportunities in rural markets in addition to pursuing organic growth through market expansion projects. 

Our business is subject to extensive governmental regulation, which substantially impacts our operational and administrative expenses. In 
addition,  we  could  be  significantly  impacted  by  changes  to  the  existing  regulatory  framework,  whether  triggered  by  legislative, 
administrative or judicial rulings. Congress and numerous states, including Minnesota and Missouri (where we have subscribers), have 
proposed  legislation  and/or  administrative  actions  that  would  lead  to  increased  regulation  of  our  provision  of  data  services,  including 
proposed rules regarding net neutrality. Several states, including Oregon and Washington (where we also have subscribers), have adopted 
legislation that requires entities providing broadband internet access service in the state to comply with net neutrality requirements or that 
prohibits state and local government agencies from contracting with internet service providers that engage in certain network management 
activities based on paid prioritization, content blocking or other discrimination. We cannot predict whether or when any future changes to 
the regulatory framework will occur at the Federal or state level or whether or to what extent those changes may affect our operations or 
impose additional costs on our business. 

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We  serve  our  customers  through  a  plant  and  network  with  capacity  generally  measuring  750 megahertz  or  higher  and  DOCSIS  3.0 
capabilities in all of our systems. Our technically advanced infrastructure provides for delivery of a full suite of data, video and voice 
products. Our broadband plant generally consists of a fiber-to-the-premises or hybrid fiber-coaxial (“HFC”) network with ample unused 
capacity, and nearly all of our customers experience download speeds of 100 Megabits per second (“Mbps”) or higher, which meaningfully 
distinguishes our offerings from competitors in most of our markets. As a result of multi-year investments in our legacy Cable One plant, 
we increased broadband capacity and reliability, which has enabled and will continue to enable us to offer even higher download speeds to 
our customers. In addition, we expect to substantially complete the initial deployment of DOCSIS 3.1 throughout our footprint in 2021, 
which will allow us to provide higher bandwidth availability and faster speeds to our customers. We believe these investments will reinforce 
our competitive strength in this area. 

Impact of COVID-19 

Refer to the sections entitled “Risks Factors” for risks we face due to the COVID-19 pandemic and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Impact of COVID-19” for information on the impact of COVID-19 on the Company. 

Corporate History 

In 1986, The Washington Post Company (the prior name of our former corporate parent, Graham Holdings Company (“GHC”)) acquired 
53 cable television systems with approximately 350,000 subscribers in 15 Western, Midwestern and Southern states. We completed over 
30 acquisitions and dispositions of cable systems through 2015, both through cash sales and system trades. In the process, we substantially 
reshaped our original geographic footprint and resized our typical system, including exiting a number of metropolitan markets and acquiring 
cable systems in non-metropolitan markets that fit our business model. On July 1, 2015, we became an independent company traded under 
the ticker symbol “CABO” on the New York Stock Exchange after completion of our spin-off from GHC. 

On May 1, 2017, we acquired NewWave, a provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business customers throughout 
non-urban areas of Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri and Texas, for a purchase price of $740.2 million. On 
January 8, 2019, we acquired Clearwave, a facilities-based service provider that owns and operates a high-capacity fiber network offering 
dense regional coverage in Southern Illinois, for a purchase price of $358.8 million. On October 1, 2019, we acquired the data, video and 
voice business and certain related assets of Fidelity, a provider of connectivity services to residential and business customers throughout 
Arkansas, Illinois, Louisiana, Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas, for a purchase price of $531.4 million. On July 1, 2020, we acquired Valu-
Net, an all-fiber internet service provider headquartered in Kansas, for a purchase price of $38.9 million. 

In 2019, we began rebranding our consumer-facing business to Sparklight. The Sparklight brand better conveys who we are and what we 
stand for – a company committed to providing our communities with connectivity that enriches their world. As part of the rebranding, we 
began streamlining our residential internet service plans and pricing as well as offering even faster speeds, further value and the ability to 
include unlimited data on any plan. In addition, we have strengthened and will continue to strengthen our commitment to the communities 
we serve through educational programs, corporate giving and donations of time and resources. We completed the rebranding of the vast 
majority of legacy Cable One systems in 2020 and we plan to rebrand Fidelity systems in the coming years. 

In 2020, we made investments in several broadband-centric providers serving non-urban markets that follow various strategies similar to 
our own. On May 4, 2020, we made a minority equity investment for a less than 10% ownership interest in AMG Technology Investment 
Group, LLC, a wireless internet service provider (“Nextlink”), for $27.2 million. On July 10, 2020, we acquired an approximately 40% 
minority equity interest in Wisper ISP, LLC, a wireless internet service provider (“Wisper”), for total consideration of $25.3 million. On 
October  1,  2020,  we contributed our  Anniston, Alabama  system  (the “Anniston System”)  to  Hargray,  a  data,  video and  voice  services 
provider,  in  exchange  for  an  approximately  15%  equity  interest  in  Hargray  on  a  fully  diluted  basis (the  “Anniston  Exchange”).  On 
November 12, 2020, we acquired a 45% minority equity interest in Mega Broadband Investments Holdings LLC, a data, video and voice 
services provider (“MBI”), for $574.9 million in cash. 

On February 12, 2021, we and our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, Lighthouse Merger Sub LLC, entered into an Agreement and Plan of 
Merger, dated as of February 12, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), with Hargray and TPO-Hargray, LLC, as equityholders’ representative, 
pursuant to which we agreed to acquire the equity interests in Hargray that we do not already own. The equity interests to be acquired 
represent approximately 85% of Hargray on a fully diluted basis. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, we will pay a purchase price 
that  implies  a  $2.2  billion  total  enterprise  value  for  Hargray  on  a  debt-free  and  cash-free  basis,  subject  to  customary  post-closing 
adjustments.  We  intend  to  finance  the  Hargray  Acquisition  with  a  combination  of  existing  cash  resources and  proceeds  from  new 
indebtedness (which may include revolving credit facility borrowings) and/or equity capital. The closing of the Hargray Acquisition is 
subject to the receipt of certain regulatory approvals, including clearance under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 
and the receipt of consents or approvals from the FCC and certain state public service commissions, and other customary closing conditions. 
We currently anticipate that the Hargray Acquisition will be completed during the second quarter of 2021. See “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information 
on MBI and the Hargray Acquisition. 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Industry Overview 

We are a fully integrated provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business customers across various geographic regions 
in the United States. We provide services that are similar to those provided by cable companies, telephone companies and fiber providers, 
among others. These providers, each to a varying degree, own and/or lease a network that allows them to deliver their services and distribute 
their signals to the homes and businesses of subscribers. In addition to building their own network backbone and/or leasing physical access 
to the network backbone, companies providing video services also purchase licenses to provide their subscribers with access to television 
channels owned by programmers and broadcasters via distribution over the network backbone. Companies providing video services also 
typically sell advertising on their video channels. 

These providers generate revenue by charging subscription fees to their residential and business customers at rates that vary according to 
the data, video and/or voice services for which customers subscribe and the type of internet access and equipment furnished to them. These 
companies generally market and sell their services in bundles or packages in order to maximize the number of PSUs per household, as they 
believe it is desirable to sell multiple products jointly so that the fixed costs per customer can be spread over multiple PSUs. These providers 
generally operate in their chosen geographic markets under either non-exclusive franchises or other telecommunications licenses granted 
by state or local authorities for specified periods of time. 

We have a record of consistent, long-term financial and operational success driven by our differentiated operating philosophy and culture. 
We emphasize focus as opposed to scale, which is a departure from the historical, more conventional strategies employed in our industry, 
but is well suited to the markets in which we operate and enables us to take advantage of our strengths. 

Our Strengths 

We leverage a variety of strengths as a service provider, stemming from, among other things, historical and ongoing capital investments in 
our plant and our focus on serving customers in non-metropolitan markets. These strengths include the following: 

Attractive markets and regional diversification. Our customers are located primarily in non-metropolitan, secondary and tertiary markets 
with favorable competitive dynamics in comparison to major urban centers. In particular: 

(cid:404)  We tend to face less vigorous competition than similar service providers in metropolitan markets at this time. 

(cid:404)  Advances in technology often come later to our markets — for example, few competitors in our markets offer fiber-to-the-

premises or 5G wireless service. 

(cid:404)  Our subscribers tend to be value-focused, enabling us to save video services costs by not carrying expensive programming 

options with low subscriber demand. 

(cid:404)  We are regionally diversified, reducing the impact that an economic downturn in a specific geographic area would have on our 

overall business. 

Deep customer understanding. We have operated as a non-metropolitan service provider for over 25 years, and we are attuned to the 
unique needs of customers in these areas. In order to understand our customers’ demands and preferences, we routinely conduct customer 
research through a variety of methods, including customer satisfaction surveys, geo-demographic segmentation studies and other analytics. 
Together with the direct customer contact we engage in through our virtual call centers and local operating offices, we believe we have 
gained valuable insight into how to serve customers in non-metropolitan markets, including with respect to providing an optimal mix of 
data speeds, price points and best-in-class customer service levels. In addition, a majority of our employees (who we refer to as associates) 
reside and work in our markets, providing local services through education programs and donations of time and resources that enhance our 
commitment to the communities we serve. 

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Superior broadband technology with ample unused capacity. We offer our residential and business data customers internet products at 
faster  speeds  than  those  available  from  competitors  in  most  of  our  markets.  Our  broadband  plant  generally  consists  of  a  fiber-to-the-
premises or HFC network with ample unused capacity. Our starter broadband offering for residential customers is a download speed of 
100 Mbps,  which  is  at  the  faster  end  of  the  range  for  similar  residential  offerings  in  our  markets,  although  a  growing  majority  of  our 
customers  now  subscribe  to  even  higher  speed  offerings.  Our  fastest  broadband  offering  for  our  residential  customers  is  currently  a 
download  speed  of  up  to  1  Gigabit  per  second  (“Gbps”).  We  also  offer  an  advanced  Wi-Fi  solution  to  residential  customers  across 
substantially all of our footprint that provides customers with enhanced Wi-Fi signal strength, which extends and improves the Wi-Fi signal 
throughout the home. This service is offered free of charge to residential customers who rent one or more modems from us. 

In addition, we have made significant investments in our business consistent with our strategic focus to enhance sales of residential data 
services and business services. Since completing significant, multi-year plant and product enhancements in existing Cable One markets in 
2017,  we  have  continued  to  make  ongoing  investments  in  our  acquired  systems,  which  has  increased  our  broadband  capacity  and 
reliability. We have spent more than $750 million over the last three years to bring fast, reliable high-speed data service to our markets. 
We expect to continue to invest in strategic capital projects, including around newly acquired operations and market expansions, because 
we believe the competitive benefits will be significant, particularly for data services. We also made the following capital investments in 
2020: 

(cid:404)  We continued to decrease the average number of data customers per unique service group by aggressively splitting service areas 
(fiber nodes), which substantially improves data throughput during periods of peak usage, minimizing disruptions in data access 
speeds to our customers. 

(cid:404)  We continued to invest in plant reinforcement projects, which have enhanced reliability and allowed us to stay ahead of the 
consumption curve related to broadband capacity and utilization, and plant extension projects, which have expanded the number 
of serviceable homes and businesses. 

(cid:404)  We continued to deploy 10 Gbps Ethernet Passive Optical Network (“EPON”) fiber-to-the-premises technology across multiple 
markets, supporting the ongoing roll-out of Piranha Fiber®, which offers market-leading symmetrical speeds of up to 5 Gbps 
to our business customers. 

We anticipate that the projects we have invested in over the last several years will facilitate sustained increases in residential data and 
business services revenues and customer satisfaction. 

Low cost structure and competitive pricing. We believe our operating costs, taken as a whole, are as low as or lower than any major service 
provider. We attribute our low-cost structure to a committed focus on retaining our highest value customers (rather than seeking to obtain 
as many customers as possible) and the lower costs of operating in non-metropolitan markets compared to metropolitan markets. In addition, 
because we operate our residential and business data services with a competitive plant and cost structure, we are able to offer our customers 
both attractive pricing and compelling products. 

Customer satisfaction. We have a customer-focused approach, influencing how we are organized, how we sell our services and how we 
service our customers. We believe that our dedication to providing a differentiated customer experience is an important driver of our overall 
value proposition and creates loyalty, improves customer retention and drives increased demand for our services. We focus on customer 
satisfaction, with an emphasis on consistently benchmarking our customer satisfaction over time and relative to our competitors based on 
internally  and  externally  generated  customer  satisfaction  data.  We  continue  to  focus  on  making  the  lives  of  our  customers  easier  by 
providing value-added services, such as expanding customer self-service options through improved residential and business online portals 
and creating a more personalized experience in updated and refreshed local offices. 

Associate  satisfaction.  We  have  also  focused  on  associate  satisfaction.  We  believe  our  customers’  satisfaction  is  tightly  linked  to  our 
associates’ satisfaction, which has been consistently high throughout the past decade based on routine internal measurements. We currently 
measure our associate satisfaction annually along with conducting multiple periodic associate surveys. 

Experienced management team. Our senior management team is comprised of executives who have significant experience in our industry. 
Our executive officers have an average industry tenure of over 20 years and an average tenure at Cable One (or its predecessors) of over 
10 years, and we believe this team is deeply knowledgeable about cost and competitive conditions in our markets. They also understand 
and are deeply committed to our strategy, which we developed, enhanced and updated on a collaborative basis over many years. 

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our Strategy 

We have a multi-faceted strategy that builds upon our long track record of focusing on the right markets, the right products and the right 
customers,  as  well  as  controlling  our  operating  and  capital  costs.  More  specifically,  our  strategy  includes  the  following  principal 
components: 

Focus on non-metropolitan markets. We believe our decision over two decades ago to concentrate on non-metropolitan markets has served 
us well, and we intend to continue to focus on offering our products primarily in these markets. The economics of non-metropolitan markets, 
for  which  we  have  optimized  our  strategy  and  our  operations,  are  different  from  operations  in  major  cities  and  have  yielded  positive 
operating results for our business. Because price points for services in non-metropolitan markets are generally lower, and customers in non-
metropolitan markets tend to subscribe to fewer PSUs, our average revenue per customer and our PSUs per customer are lower than they 
might be in metropolitan markets. However, many of our costs are also lower than they would be in metropolitan markets. The dynamics 
of non-metropolitan markets enable us to operate at attractive margins and earn substantial returns, while remaining consistent with our 
focus  on  meeting  customer  demand  for  low  prices  and  simultaneously  keeping  costs  down.  In  addition,  we  tend  to  face  less  vigorous 
competition than service providers in metropolitan markets. 

Prioritize higher growth, higher margin opportunities. We concentrate on the products and customers that maximize Adjusted EBITDA 
less capital expenditures and provide the best opportunity for profitable growth. We believe residential video and residential voice face 
inexorable  long-term  declines.  With  respect  to  the  video  product,  programmers  and  broadcasters  are  charging  higher  rates  and 
retransmission fees for content to distributors providing video services (often for content for which viewership is declining), and distributors 
have had to choose between absorbing those increases to the detriment of their margins or passing on the full cost to customers, which 
adversely  affects  customer  demand.  At  the  same  time,  the  rapid  expansion  of  OTT  offerings  has  given  customers  new  alternatives  to 
traditional video offerings. In addition, customer demand for wireless voice services has reduced demand for residential voice services for 
us and others in our industry. As a result, we have reduced our focus on these two products and prioritized higher growth, higher margin 
opportunities in residential data and business services. 

We have declined to cross-subsidize our video business with cash flow from our higher growth, higher margin products, which has resulted 
in our residential video customers declining at a faster rate than the industry average. Our legacy Cable One residential video customers 
decreased by 25.2% when comparing 2020 versus 2019 and 12.4% when comparing 2019 versus 2018. While this strategy runs contrary 
to the historical, conventional wisdom in our industry, which put heavy emphasis on video customer counts and maximizing the number 
of PSUs per customer by bundling and discounting services, we believe it best positions us for long-term success. For us, success in growing 
and retaining residential data and business customers is far more important than maximizing the number of customers who choose triple-
play packages combining data, video and voice services. 

Drive growth in residential data and business services. We believe our residential data and business services products provide attractive 
current and future growth opportunities. Our disciplined prioritization of residential data and business services is generally reflected in all 
aspects of our business strategy, including pricing, the allocation of sales, marketing and customer service resources, capital spending and 
supplier negotiations. During 2020, we continued to further diversify our revenue streams away from video as residential data and business 
services represented 68.2% of our total revenues versus 64.4% for 2019 and 60.5% for 2018. We believe we have demonstrated that it is 
possible to decouple unit growth in our residential data and residential video businesses, which historically were marketed as a package. 
We focus on selling data-only packages to new customers rather than cross-selling video services to these customers, and a majority of our 
residential customers are data-only. 

Our business services revenues increased $30.2 million, or 14.7%, in 2020 compared to 2019. Approximately $16.8 million of this increase 
is attributable to the incremental revenues from Fidelity operations in the first nine months of 2020 (compared to no revenue from Fidelity 
in our results in the first nine months of 2019 as we did not acquire Fidelity until October 1, 2019) and from Valu-Net operations in 2020 
(compared to no revenue from Valu-Net operations in our results in 2019 as we did not acquire Valu-Net until July 1, 2020). We expect to 
generate continued growth in business services by leveraging and investing in our existing infrastructure capabilities and footprint to offer 
higher broadband speeds than other providers in our markets and to expand our business services to attract more small, medium-sized and 
enterprise business customers. 

8 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Continue our culture of cost leadership. We believe our total combined operating and capital costs per customer over the past decade have 
been among the lowest of any service provider with publicly reported numbers and that our operating margins compare very favorably with 
those of significantly bigger companies in our industry. This is the antithesis of normal economies-of-scale expectations, where higher 
volumes are expected to create lower costs per customer and increase operating margins. Rather than increasing our size and seeking cost 
savings through economies-of-scale, we have achieved our lower cost structure over many years by focusing on: 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

serving primarily non-metropolitan, secondary and tertiary markets, which contain different customer dynamics from those in 
metropolitan markets and would require us to implement additional operational components; 

the adoption of new technologies only after they have been tested by other companies, rather than incurring the level of capital 
expenditures and risk necessary to be an early adopter of most new technologies; 

implementing a virtually centralized call center to receive inbound customer service calls and dispatch technicians across all of 
our markets, while keeping the majority of our call center associates in our non-metropolitan markets; 

standardizing our programming offerings across most of our markets, which reduces our customer service costs, in contrast to 
other service providers that offer different programming packages in different markets; 

focusing  on  retaining  and  seeking  expected  higher  relative  value  customers  rather  than  trying  to  maximize  the  number  of 
customers or PSUs per customer; 

aligning our resources to emphasize increased sales of residential data services and sales to business customers and continuing 
our disciplined cost management approach, rather than committing resources equally to sales of all of our products; and 

investing in self-service channels to improve customer satisfaction by allowing us to meet changing customer expectations for 
around-the-clock service while also avoiding unnecessary wait times. 

We believe our strategy has produced positive results for our customers, associates and stockholders and we have begun applying this 
strategy in our acquired operations. Our strategy has allowed us to continually decrease contacts per customer by reducing customer service 
phone calls, truck rolls and walk-in customers. We have been able to achieve these operational efficiencies at the same time as our customer 
base has grown rapidly, while simultaneously improving customer satisfaction scores. 

Balanced capital allocation. We are committed to a disciplined approach to evaluating acquisitions, internal and external investments, 
capital structure optimization and return of capital in order to seek to build long-term stockholder value. 

Target higher relative value residential customers. We employ rigorous analytics to gain a deeper understanding of our customers and 
drive profitable decision making throughout the organization. We use data analytics to help refine our go-to-market strategy and identify 
customers likely to produce higher relative value over the life of their service relationships with us, rather than seeking to maximize the 
number  of  new  customers  or  PSUs  per  household.  Our  investments  in  business  intelligence  have  enabled  us  to  integrate,  analyze  and 
visualize increasingly complex data sets, in near real-time, and in a format that drives strategic and operational decisions. As a result, our 
organization  has  more  rapidly  identified,  modeled,  tested,  analyzed  and  implemented  initiatives  that  align  with  our  strategic  focus  of 
attracting and retaining higher relative value customers. Business intelligence also enables us to be more predictive with customer habits 
and industrywide trends. For example, our decision to focus on data-only customers was guided by such data analytics. We believe that 
optimizing our relationships with these customers, as video and voice cord-cutting accelerates, is both a necessity and an opportunity for 
our business. 

Our Products 

Residential Data Services 

Residential data services represented 50.5%, 46.9% and 46.0% of our total revenues for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As part of our 
rebranding initiative beginning in 2019, we launched new pricing and packaging across the majority of our footprint. We offer simplified 
data plans with lower pricing and higher speeds across our premium tiers, with download speeds up to 1 Gbps available to approximately 
97% of our residential customers as of December 31, 2020. We also offer our customers the option to purchase an unlimited data plan 
regardless of speed tier. Further, to meet the increasing bandwidth needs of our customers who use a growing number of devices in the 
home,  we  offer  most  of  our  customers  our  advanced  Wi-Fi  service  combining  state-of-the-art  technology  solutions  with  certified 
technicians, who locate and configure hardware based on individual customer needs. This service provides customers with enhanced Wi-
Fi signal strength, which extends and improves the Wi-Fi signal throughout the home. 

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Residential Video Services 

Residential video services represented 25.1%, 28.7% and 32.0% of our total revenues for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We offer a 
broad variety of residential video services, generally ranging from a basic video service to a full digital service with access to hundreds of 
channels. Our basic video service generally consists of local networks, local community programming, such as governmental and public 
access,  and  certain  other  channels.  Our  digital  video  service  includes  national  and  regional  cable  networks,  music  channels  and  an 
interactive, electronic programming guide with parental controls. We also offer premium channels that generally offer, without commercial 
interruption, movies, original programming, live sporting events and concerts and other features. Our digital video customers may also 
subscribe to our advanced video services. Our advanced video services include whole-home DVRs, which digitally record programming 
and pause and rewind live programming, and high-definition set-top boxes, which provide high-resolution picture quality, improved audio 
quality and a wide-screen format and allow our customers to access internet content on their televisions. 

Our  TV  Everywhere  product  enables  our  video customers  to  stream  many  of  their  favorite channels and  shows to mobile  devices  and 
computers, expanding the value of our video services. Our TV Everywhere product includes the most popular networks across a wide range 
of genres, including premium channels. 

We also are launching Sparklight TV, an IPTV video service that allows customers to stream our video channels from the cloud through a 
new app on supported devices, such as the Amazon Firestick, Apple TV and Android-based smart televisions. Sparklight TV also provides 
a cloud-based DVR feature and it does not require the use of a set-top box.  

Business Services 

We consider the data, voice and video products we provide to our business customers to be a separate product from our residential versions 
of these services. Business services represented 17.7%, 17.5% and 14.5% of our total revenues for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We 
offer services for businesses ranging in size from small to mid-market, in addition to enterprise, wholesale and carrier customers. 

Our offerings for small businesses are generally provided over our coaxial network. Our data services offer various options with download 
speeds ranging from 25 Mbps up to 1 Gbps, with varying upload speeds, along with managed Wi-Fi. Our small business voice solutions 
include hosted voice with unified communications as a service from one line to multi-line options, including the availability of popular 
calling features like simultaneous ring, hunt groups and selective call forwarding. Business video packages range from a basic service tier 
to a comprehensive selection including variety, news and sports programming in high-definition. 

We offer delivery of data and voice services over EPON technology primarily for mid-market customers with Piranha Fiber. This shared 
fiber architecture provides for symmetrical data speeds ranging from 50 Mbps to 5 Gbps. We expect to expand EPON to additional areas 
and markets each year for the foreseeable future, especially in our competitive locations. 

For enterprise and wholesale customers, we offer dedicated bandwidth and Enterprise Wi-Fi in addition to multiple voice services via fiber 
optic technology. Our fiber optic-based products include dark fiber in addition to dedicated internet access and E-Line, E-Lan and E-Access 
Ethernet services. We also offer network to network interface connections to other carriers at multiple points of presence across the United 
States. 

Residential Voice Services 

Residential voice services represented 3.6%, 3.7% and 3.8% of our total revenues for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The majority of 
our residential voice service offerings transmit digital voice signals over our network and are interconnected Voice over Internet Protocol 
(“VoIP”) services. We also offer traditional telecommunications services through some of our subsidiaries. Many of our voice service 
offerings include unlimited local and long-distance calling, voicemail, call waiting, three-way calling, caller ID, anonymous call rejection 
and other features. Our voice services also provide international calling by the minute. 

10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Competition 

We operate in a highly competitive, subscriber-driven and rapidly changing industry and compete with a growing number of entities that 
provide a broad range of communications products, services and content to subscribers. Our competitors have historically included, and 
we expect will continue to include, DBS providers, telephone companies that offer data and video services through digital subscriber line 
(“DSL”) technology or fiber-to-the-node networks, municipalities with fiber-based networks, regional fiber providers and other service 
providers that have been granted a franchise to operate in a geographic market in which we are already operating. 

In approximately 82% of our footprint, we do not have a competitor that offers residential broadband download speeds of 100 Mbps or 
higher, which is our starter residential high-speed data offering. Prior to 2021, we considered residential broadband download speeds of 50 
Mbps or higher as speeds comparable to our own. However, we continue to anticipate a slow yet steady growth of new entrants into our 
markets.  Currently,  approximately  12%  of  the  residential  homes  passed  in  our  markets  have  access  to  fiber-to-the-premises  from  our 
competitors who typically offer only high-speed data service. We also face increasing competition from wireless telephone companies for 
our residential voice services, as our customers continue to replace our residential voice services with wireless voice services. New entrants 
with significant financial resources may compete on a larger scale with our video and data services, and as more wireless voice service 
providers offer unlimited data options, some customers may choose to forgo our data services altogether. We may also face increasing 
competition  from  various  providers  of  wireless  internet  offerings,  including  wireless  telephone  carriers  that are  developing  high-speed 
“5G” wireless networks and public locations or commercial establishments offering Wi-Fi at no cost. 

Certain municipalities have also announced plans to construct their own data networks with access speeds that match or exceed ours through 
the  use  of  fiber-to-the-node  or  fiber-to-the-premises  technology.  In  some  cases,  local  government  entities  and  municipal  utilities  may 
legally compete with us without obtaining a franchise from a state or local governmental franchising authority (“LFA”), reducing their 
barriers to entry into our markets. The entrance of municipalities as competitors in our markets would add to the competition we face and 
could lead to some customer attrition. 

While not an area of strategic focus for us, our video business also faces substantial and increasing competition from other forms of in-
home and mobile entertainment, including, among others, Amazon Prime, Apple TV, CBS All Access, Disney+, HBO Max, Hulu, Netflix, 
Peacock,  YouTube  TV  and  an  increasing  number  of  new  entrants  who  offer  OTT  video  programming,  including  many  traditional 
programmers. Because of the significant size and financial resources of many of the companies behind such service offerings, we anticipate 
that they will continue to invest resources in increasing the availability of video content over the internet, which may result in less demand 
for the video services we provide. Despite the negative impact this competition has on our video business, these services also generate 
additional demand for our residential data business due to customers’ continuing and growing need for data services. 

Competition  for  dedicated  fiber-optic  services  for  enterprise  business  customers  is  also intense  as  both  local  telephone  companies  and 
regional overbuilders offer data and voice services over dedicated fiber connections. While certain of these entities are currently more 
widely known for dedicated fiber services than we are, we maintain a competitive advantage through our local presence and deep customer 
relationships in the communities we serve. 

Human Capital Resources 

Associate Metrics 

At December 31, 2020, we had 2,716 full-time and part-time associates, compared to 2,751 full-time and part-time associates at December 
31, 2019. None of our associates were represented by a union at December 31, 2020 or 2019. Women represented approximately 30% of 
our total associate base and approximately 35% of management-level positions at December 31, 2020. 

Associate Engagement, Retention and Compensation Programs and Benefits 

We believe our associates are among our most important resources and are critical to our continued success. We strive to attract, develop, 
motivate and retain associates with an emphasis on performance and productivity. We seek to maintain alignment, foster accountability 
and encourage long-term focus throughout all levels of the Company. Our average associate tenure at Cable One (or its predecessors) 
exceeds 10 years. 

Our senior management team is comprised of executives who have significant experience in our industry. They also understand and are 
deeply committed to our strategy, which we developed, enhanced and updated on a collaborative basis over many years. Our executive 
officers have an average industry tenure of over 20 years and an average tenure at Cable One (or its predecessors) of over 10 years, and we 
believe this team is deeply knowledgeable about cost and competitive conditions in our markets. 

11 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our total rewards compensation philosophy encompasses pay, health benefits, incentives, wellness and career development options. Our 
pay-for-performance philosophy permeates our organization. Merit increases are based on individual performance and market conditions, 
and all associates are eligible for an annual bonus based on objective corporate performance goals shared by everyone in the Company. 

We  also  focus  on  associate  satisfaction.  We  believe  that  customer  satisfaction  is  tightly  linked  to  associate  satisfaction,  which  routine 
internal measurements have shown to be consistently high throughout the past decade. We currently measure our associate satisfaction 
annually along with conducting multiple periodic associate surveys. Management reviews our associate satisfaction surveys to monitor 
associate morale and receive feedback on a variety of issues. 

Talent Development and Training 

We believe in investing in the development and careers of our associates to allow them to reach their potential in a competitive, constantly 
changing and innovative industry. We engage our associates through internal and external programs to develop specialized knowledge and 
leadership skills. Associates have access to online development programs for professional skills and certification preparation through our 
e-learning platform. Specialized technical training for eligible associates helps them professionally as well as by providing a differentiated 
customer experience. Our tuition reimbursement program enables associates to earn certificates in areas such as network programming, 
data analysis and network administration and security. Others leverage our educational benefits to earn their associates, bachelor’s and 
master’s degrees. 

To prepare non-executives for current and future leadership roles at our Company, new managers, supervisors and lead-level associates 
normally attend a one-week training at our corporate headquarters to focus on self-awareness and management development. While paused 
during  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  expect  to  resume  the  program  in  2021.  Our  director-level  associates  participate  in  a  week-long 
leadership training program with a third-party development partner, focused on effectiveness training and coaching. Our senior director-
level associates take part in a specialized leadership program conducted with both in-house and third-party human resources executives to 
develop  and  enhance  skills  in  strategic  thinking  and  team  performance,  which  includes  individual  coaching  and  360-degree  feedback 
analysis. 

We have a long track record of promoting associates from within, including Julia M. Laulis, our Chair of the Board, President and Chief 
Executive Officer, who has been with Cable One for more than 20 years and began her career at Cable One as a Director of Marketing. 

Health and Safety 

We have a Safety Team that is responsible for education and training and that regularly analyzes indicators and areas where risks and 
injuries can occur in our efforts to strive to eliminate hazards. We also have mandatory compliance and safety training for associates, with 
more than 20,000 instructional hours completed in these areas in 2020. 

During 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented safety protocols and new procedures to protect our associates and 
our customers. These protocols include complying with social distancing and other health and safety standards as required by federal, state 
and local government agencies, taking into consideration guidelines of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and other public 
health authorities. In addition, we modified the way we conduct many aspects of our business to reduce the number of in-person interactions. 
For example, we significantly expanded the use of virtual interactions in all aspects of our business, including customer facing activities. 
Many of our administrative and operational functions during this time have required modification as well, including many of our associates 
working remotely. For a detailed discussion of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our human capital resources, refer to the section 
entitled “Risk Factors - The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted our operations and adversely affected our business, financial results and 
financial condition, and the duration and extent to which it will continue to do so is uncertain and difficult to predict.” 

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion 

We  are  an  equal  opportunity  employer  that  strives  to  provide  an  inclusive  and  respectful  environment  that  represents  a  wide  range  of 
backgrounds, cultures and experiences. We are committed to fostering an environment in which all associates and customers are valued. 
We foster a diverse and inclusive culture by offering competitive compensation, a comprehensive rewards program and opportunities for 
all of our associates to grow personally and professionally. In 2020, we established an Inclusion and Diversity Advisory Board (the “I&D 
Advisory Board”) made up of individuals from across the organization and ranging from frontline associates to members of management. 
The I&D Advisory Board was created to further strengthen a culture of respect and inclusion at Cable One. It cultivates resources, internal 
communications and events to inform, educate and provide all associates with a voice to share their unique experiences, perspectives and 
viewpoints. 

12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Available Information and Website 

Our internet address is www.cableone.biz. We make available free of charge through our investor relations website, http://ir.cableone.net, 
copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those 
reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as 
soon as reasonably practicable after such documents are electronically filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). 
Printed copies of these documents will be furnished without charge (except exhibits) to any stockholder upon written request addressed to 
our Secretary at 210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, Arizona 85012. The SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, that contains the reports, proxy 
and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. 

The contents of these websites are not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and shall not be deemed “filed” 
under the Exchange Act. Further, our references to website URLs are intended to be inactive textual references only. 

Information About Our Executive Officers 

The following table presents certain information, as of February 25, 2021, concerning our executive officers. 

Name 
Julia M. Laulis .................     
Michael E. Bowker ..........     
Steven S. Cochran ...........     
Christopher D. Boone ......    
Kenneth E. Johnson .........     
Eric M. Lardy ..................    
James A. Obermeyer .......    
Peter N. Witty ..................    

Age 
58 
52 
49 
38 
57 
47 
57 
53 

Position 

    Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
    Chief Operating Officer 
    Chief Financial Officer 
   Senior Vice President, Business Services and Emerging Markets 
    Senior Vice President, Technology Services 
   Senior Vice President, Operations and Integration 
   Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales 
   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 

Julia M. Laulis 

Ms. Laulis has been Chair of the Board since January 2018, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors (the “Board”) 
since January 2017 and President of Cable One since January 2015. 

Ms. Laulis joined Cable One in 1999 as Director of Marketing – Northwest Division. In 2001, she was named Vice President of Operations 
for the Southwest Division. In 2004, she became responsible for starting Cable One’s Phoenix Customer Care Center. In 2008, she was 
named Chief Operations Officer, and in 2012, she was named Chief Operating Officer. In January 2015, she was promoted to President 
and Chief Operating Officer. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Ms. Laulis served in various marketing management positions with Jones Communications. Ms. Laulis began 
her 35-plus-year career in the cable industry with Hauser Communications. 

Ms. Laulis serves on the boards of The AES Corporation, C-SPAN, CableLabs and The Cable Center, and she is a trustee of the C-SPAN 
Education Foundation. 

Michael E. Bowker 

Mr. Bowker has been Chief Operating Officer of Cable One since May 2017. 

Mr. Bowker joined Cable One in 1999 as Advertising Regional Sales Manager. Mr. Bowker has been a Vice President of Cable One since 
2005. He was named Vice President of Sales in 2012 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Chief Sales and Marketing Officer in 
2014. 

13 

  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Bowker was with AT&T Media Services and TCI Cable, where he served in various sales management 
positions. 

Mr. Bowker serves as Vice Chairman of ACA — America’s Communications Association. 

Steven S. Cochran 

Mr. Cochran has been Chief Financial Officer of Cable One since August 2018. He served as Senior Vice President of Cable One from 
August 2018 through December 2020. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Cochran served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of WideOpenWest, Inc. 
(“WOW”) from April 2014 until December 2017 after holding various other positions at the company, including Chief Financial Officer, 
Chief Operating Officer and President. Prior to WOW, Mr. Cochran served in various finance and accounting roles at Millennium Digital 
Media, including Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Previously, Mr. Cochran was an accountant at Arthur Andersen LLP. 

Christopher D. Boone 

Mr. Boone has been Senior Vice President, Business Services and Emerging Markets of Cable One since January 2021. 

Mr. Boone joined Cable One in 2010 as a Business Sales Manager. He was named Vice President of Business Services in 2016. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Boone was with Cox Communications, where he served in various sales management roles. 

Kenneth E. Johnson 

Mr. Johnson has been Senior Vice President, Technology Services of Cable One since May 2018. 

Mr. Johnson joined Cable One in 2017 as Vice President, Northeast Division following Cable One’s acquisition of NewWave. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Johnson served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Technology Officer for NewWave. Prior to NewWave, 
Mr. Johnson was Chief Technology Officer for SureWest Communications and Everest Connections. 

Mr. Johnson serves on the board of the National Cable Television Cooperative. 

Eric M. Lardy 

Mr. Lardy has been Senior Vice President, Operations and Integration of Cable One since June 2020. 

Mr. Lardy joined Cable One in 1997 as a manager in one of our systems and has held a variety of positions of increasing responsibility in 
marketing, operations and system general management. Mr. Lardy was named Vice President, Strategic Planning and Finance in 2014 and 
was promoted to Senior Vice President in January 2017. 

James A. Obermeyer 

Mr. Obermeyer has been Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales of Cable One since February 2020. 

Prior  to  joining  Cable  One,  Mr.  Obermeyer  served  as  Vice  President  of  Marketing  at  Charter  Communications.  Prior  to  Charter 
Communications, he was Managing Director of Brand and Consumer Marketing for NASCAR and Chief Marketing Officer for Supra 
Telecom. 

Peter N. Witty 

Mr. Witty has been Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Cable One since April 2018. 

14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Witty served as General Counsel and Secretary for Gas Technology Institute (“GTI”), an energy research, 
development and training organization. Prior to GTI, he spent 10 years with Abbott Laboratories, serving in various positions, including as 
Senior Counsel and Division Counsel. Mr. Witty previously practiced law as an associate at Latham & Watkins LLP and Ross & Hardies 
(now McGuireWoods LLP). 

Regulation and Legislation 

General 

Our data, video and voice operations are subject to various requirements imposed by U.S. Federal, state and local governmental authorities. 
The regulation of certain cable rates pursuant to procedures established by Congress has negatively affected our revenues. Certain other 
legislative, regulatory and judicial matters discussed in this section also have the potential to adversely affect our data, video and voice 
businesses. The following discussion does not purport to be a complete summary of all the provisions of Federal, state and local law that 
may affect our operations. Proposals for additional or revised regulations and requirements are pending before Congress, state legislatures 
and Federal and state regulatory agencies. We generally cannot predict whether new legislation or regulations, court action or a change in 
the extent of application or enforcement of current laws and regulations would have an adverse impact on our operations. 

Broadband Internet Access Services  

Broadband internet access service, which we currently offer in all our systems, is subject to some regulation at the Federal level and is not 
subject to state or local government regulation at this time, except for the state net neutrality laws discussed below. 

Regulatory Reclassification and Net Neutrality Regulation. In 2017, the FCC adopted the Restoring Internet Freedom Order (the “Internet 
Freedom Order”), which reinstated broadband internet access service as an “information service” under Title I of the Communications Act 
of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”). The Internet Freedom Order rescinded the majority of the open internet rules adopted 
by the FCC in 2015 in the Open Internet Order, with the exception of enhanced disclosure requirements that require broadband internet 
access service providers to disclose information regarding network management, performance and commercial terms of the service to their 
customers. In October 2020, the FCC reaffirmed its previous findings in the Internet Freedom Order after certain issues were remanded to 
it by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. The FCC’s October 2020 action could be subject to further judicial 
review. 

Congress  and  numerous  states,  including  Minnesota  and  Missouri  (where  we  have  subscribers),  have  proposed  legislation  and/or 
administrative actions that would lead to increased regulation of our provision of data services, including proposed rules regarding net 
neutrality. Several states, including Oregon and Washington (where we also have subscribers), have adopted legislation that requires entities 
providing  broadband  internet  access  service  in  the  state  to  comply  with  net  neutrality  requirements  or  that  prohibits  state  and  local 
government agencies from contracting with internet service providers that engage in certain network management activities based on paid 
prioritization, content blocking or other discrimination. Net neutrality obligations could cause us to incur additional compliance costs, and 
the enforcement or interpretation of these new obligations could adversely affect our business. We cannot predict whether or when any 
future changes to the regulatory framework will occur at the Federal or state level or whether or to what extent those changes may affect 
our operations or impose additional costs on our business. 

Privacy. Broadband internet access service is subject to many of the same Federal and state privacy laws that apply to other electronic 
communications. These include the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, which addresses interceptions of electronic communications 
that are in transit; the Stored Communications Act, which addresses acquisitions of electronic data in storage; and other Federal and state 
privacy laws and regulations. As the collection and use of consumer data becomes more prevalent in the communications industry, our 
compliance  obligations may  grow.  In  2017, the broadband  privacy  and  data  security  rules adopted  by  the  FCC  in  2016  were  repealed 
pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, which also restricts the FCC from adopting “substantially similar” rules in the future. In 2017, 
the FCC also reinstated its previous rules applicable to customer proprietary network information (“CPNI”) for voice services. In addition, 
privacy legislation has been proposed at the Federal and state level, some of which would require broadband service providers to apply 
heightened privacy and security protections to customer data. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations may 
impose costs on our business. 

15 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In addition to FCC privacy regulations governing broadband internet access service, the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) also may 
exercise authority over privacy by using its existing authority over unfair and deceptive acts or practices to apply greater restrictions on the 
collection  and  use  of  personally  identifiable  and  other  information  relating  to  consumers.  The  FTC  also  has  undertaken  numerous 
enforcement actions against parties that do not provide sufficient security protections against the loss or unauthorized disclosure of this 
type of information. We also are subject to stringent data security and data retention requirements that apply to website operators and online 
services directed to children under 13 years of age, or that knowingly collect or post personal information from children under 13 years of 
age. Other privacy oriented laws have been extended by courts to online video providers and are increasingly being used in privacy lawsuits, 
including class actions, against providers of video materials online. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations 
may impose costs on our business. 

We are also subject to Federal and state laws and regulations regarding data security that primarily apply to sensitive personal information 
that could be used to commit identity theft. Most states have security breach notification laws that generally require a business to give 
notice to consumers and government agencies when certain information has been disclosed due to a security breach, and the FCC has 
adopted security breach rules for voice services. Several states have also enacted general data security requirements to safeguard consumer 
information, including the proper disposal of consumer information. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations 
may impose costs on our business. 

Digital Millennium Copyright Act. Owners of copyrights and trademarks actively seek to prevent use of the internet to violate their rights. 
For example, copyright and trademark owners assert claims that a customer used an internet service or resources accessed via the internet 
to post, download or disseminate copyrighted music, movies, software or other content without the consent of the copyright owner. In some 
cases, copyright and trademark owners have sought to recover damages from the broadband internet access service provider as well as or 
instead of the customer. The law relating to the potential liability of broadband internet access service providers in these circumstances is 
unsettled. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act grants broadband internet access service providers protection against certain claims of 
copyright infringement resulting from the actions of customers if the internet provider complies with certain requirements. Congress has 
not adopted similar immunity for broadband internet access service providers for trademark infringement claims. 

Business Data Services. The FCC has adopted a deregulatory framework for Business Data Services (“BDS”), formerly known as “special 
access” services. These services provide dedicated point-to-point transmission of data at certain guaranteed speeds and service levels using 
high-capacity connections. The framework eliminated pricing regulation for certain types of BDS and established a competitive market test 
for determining whether other types of BDS should remain subject to pricing regulation. In July 2019, the FCC reaffirmed its decision 
regarding the framework and provided a transition period for further deregulation of BDS provided by incumbent carriers. At this time, we 
cannot predict how these or any future rule changes will affect our business. 

Video Services 

Title VI of the Communications Act establishes the principal Federal regulatory framework for our operation of cable systems and for the 
provision of our video services. The Communications Act allocates primary responsibility for enforcing the Federal policies among the 
FCC and state and local governmental authorities. 

Franchising.  We  are  required  to  obtain  franchises  or  authorizations  from  state  or  local  governmental  authorities  to  operate  our  cable 
systems. Those franchises typically are non-exclusive and limited in time, contain various conditions and limitations and provide for the 
payment of fees to the local authority, determined generally as a percentage of revenues. Federal law restricts franchise fee payments to 
5% of the gross revenues of a cable system that are derived from the provision of video services. Failure to comply with the terms and 
conditions of a franchise may give rise to rights of termination by the franchising authority. 

A number of states in which we operate have adopted franchising laws that provide for statewide franchising. Generally, statewide cable 
franchises are issued for a fixed term, reduce many burdensome requirements contained in traditional local cable franchises and eliminate 
the need for local oversight and negotiation. Various other state and local statutes, ordinances and administrative laws additionally govern 
our operation in particular communities. 

Prior to the scheduled expiration of our franchises, we generally initiate renewal proceedings with the granting authorities. Federal law 
provides  for  an  orderly  franchise  renewal  process  in  which  local  authorities  may  not  unreasonably  withhold  franchise  renewals.  In 
connection with the franchise renewal process, however, many local governmental authorities require the cable operator to make additional 
commitments. 

16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In August 2019, the FCC issued an order that limits the scope of demands that state and local authorities may require in exchange for 
issuing or renewing a franchise. The FCC’s order clarified that state and local franchising authorities are prohibited from using their video 
franchising authority to regulate the provision of non-cable services, including broadband, Wi-Fi and VoIP services that are delivered over 
“mixed use” systems that offer a variety of services. The FCC also held that non-monetary in-kind contributions required by a franchising 
authority count as franchise fees subject to the 5% cap on such fees. The FCC’s order is being challenged in the Federal courts. We cannot 
predict the outcome of the court appeals and whether or to what extent the rules as revised by the FCC or the courts may affect our operations 
or impose costs on our business. 

The FCC has adopted rules designed to expedite the process of awarding competitive franchises and relieving applicants for competing 
franchises of some locally imposed franchise obligations. These rules are especially beneficial to new entrants and are expected to continue 
to accelerate the competition we are experiencing in the video service marketplace. 

Rate Regulation. FCC regulations prohibit LFAs or the FCC from regulating the rates that cable systems charge for certain levels of video 
service, equipment and service calls when those cable systems are subject to “effective competition.” The FCC’s rate regulations contain 
a presumption that all cable systems are subject to the effective-competition exemption unless proven otherwise. 

Carriage of Local Television Broadcast Stations. There are two alternative legal methods for carriage of local broadcast television stations 
on cable systems. Federal “must carry” regulations require cable systems to carry local broadcast television stations upon the request of the 
local broadcaster. As a result, certain of our cable systems must carry broadcast stations that we might not otherwise have elected to carry. 

Alternatively, Federal law includes “retransmission consent” regulations, by which broadcasters can elect to prohibit cable carriage unless 
the cable operator first negotiates for retransmission consent, which may be conditioned on significant payments or other concessions from 
cable operators, such as commitments to carry other program services offered by a station or an affiliated company, to purchase advertising 
on a station or to provide advertising availabilities on cable channels to a station or to provide cash compensation. This development results 
in increased operating costs for video service providers, which ultimately increases the rates for video subscribers. 

The FCC and Congress have imposed additional requirements in this area, including restrictions on broadcasters’ ability to jointly negotiate 
with video providers for carriage of their stations, and the requirement that parties negotiate retransmission consent in good faith. The FCC 
has stated that it would not adopt additional rules governing good faith negotiations for retransmission consent, but it would be prepared to 
assist in negotiations when necessary. Additional government-mandated broadcast carriage obligations, including those related to the FCC’s 
newly adopted enhanced technical broadcasting option (Advanced Television Systems Committee 3.0), could disrupt existing programming 
commitments and increase our costs of carrying such programming. 

Media Ownership Rules. The FCC recently took steps to relax its media ownership rules, including restrictions on the number of commonly 
owned television stations per market as well as on newspaper/broadcast and radio/television station cross-ownership. However, the FCC’s 
new rules were overturned by a Federal court, which remanded the matter to the FCC for further proceedings. The matter is now pending 
before the U.S. Supreme Court. We cannot predict the outcome of the ongoing reviews by the FCC and the courts, and whether or to what 
extent any further revisions of the rules by the FCC or the courts may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. Changes to 
relax the media ownership rules would likely lead to increased consolidation of the television broadcast stations and station groups, with a 
corresponding increase in the negotiating leverage that broadcasters and station groups hold in retransmission consent negotiations, thereby 
possibly increasing the amounts we pay to broadcasters for retransmission consent. 

Pole Attachments. Federal law requires most telephone companies and electric power utilities owning utility poles to provide cable systems 
with access to poles and underground conduits. Federal law also requires those entities to charge reasonable rates to cable operators for 
utilizing space on such poles or in such underground conduits. The FCC’s pole attachment rules contain a formula for calculating pole 
rental rates that provide for similar rates for telecommunications attachments and cable attachments and prohibit utility companies from 
charging higher rates for pole attachments used to provide broadband internet access service. The FCC has also adopted rules to facilitate 
new attachments, including a one-touch make-ready procedure for new attachments. Those one-touch make-ready rules took effect and 
were upheld in August 2020 in response to challenges in the Federal courts by utility companies. We cannot predict how any future changes 
to the pole attachment rules may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. As a general matter, changes to our pole attachment 
rate structure could significantly increase our annual pole attachment costs. 

17 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Federal Copyright Issues. The Copyright Act of 1976, as amended (the “Copyright Act”), gives cable systems the ability, under certain 
terms and conditions and assuming that any applicable retransmission consents have been obtained, to retransmit the signals of television 
stations pursuant to a compulsory copyright license. The U.S. Copyright Office is considering requests for clarification and revisions of 
certain cable compulsory copyright license reporting requirements, and from time to time, other revisions to the cable compulsory copyright 
rules are considered. We cannot predict the outcome of any such inquiries. However, it is possible that changes in the rules or copyright 
compulsory license fee computations or compliance procedures could have an adverse effect on our business by, for example, increasing 
copyright compulsory license fee costs or by causing us to reduce or discontinue carriage of certain broadcast signals that we currently 
carry on a discretionary basis. Copyright clearances for non-broadcast programming services are arranged through private negotiations. 
Cable operators also must obtain music rights for locally originated programming and advertising from the major music performing rights 
organizations. These licensing fees have been the source of litigation in the past, and we cannot predict with certainty whether license fee 
disputes may arise in the future. 

Customer  Equipment. Congress,  the  FCC  and  other  government  agencies  have  for  some  time  been  developing  and  implementing 
regulations that affect the types of set-top boxes that cable operators can lease or deploy to their subscribers. Prior to 2015, FCC rules 
banned the integration of security and non-security function in set-top boxes and required multichannel video programming distributors to 
allow  third-party  vendors  to  provide  set-top  boxes  with  basic  converter  functions.  In  2015,  Congress  repealed  the  integration  ban  and 
mandated  that  the  FCC  establish  a  working  group  to  identify, report  on  and  recommend a  successor  technology-  and  platform-neutral 
security solution. Various parties continue to advocate to Congress and the administrative agencies for new regulatory approaches to reduce 
consumer dependency on traditional operator-provided set-top boxes that, if adopted, could affect our business in the future. We cannot 
predict if or when new changes may be proposed, what effect such changes may have on our operations, or if they will increase our costs 
and impair our ability to deliver programming to our customers. 

Other  Regulatory  Requirements. The  FCC  regulates  various  other  aspects  of  our  video  business,  including,  among  other  things,  equal 
employment opportunity obligations; customer service standards; technical service standards; mandatory blackouts of certain network and 
syndicated programming; restrictions on political advertising; restrictions on advertising in children’s programming; maintenance of public 
files; emergency alert systems; inside wiring and exclusive contracts for service provided to apartment and condominium complexes; and 
disability  access,  including  requirements  governing  video-description  and  closed-captioning.  Each  of  these  regulations  restricts  our 
business practices to varying degrees and may impose additional costs on our operations. We cannot predict whether, when or to what 
extent changes to these and other regulations may affect our operations or costs. 

Voice Services 

Our voice services are subject to varying degrees of Federal and state regulation. Telecommunications services are subject to extensive 
regulation at both the Federal and state levels while interconnected VoIP services are subject to a lesser degree of regulation. 

Voice Over Internet Protocol. Service providers, including us and others, offer interconnected VoIP service, which permits users to make 
voice  calls  over  broadband  communications  networks,  including  the  internet,  to  recipients  on  the  public  switched  telephone  network 
(“PSTN”) and other broadband communications networks. Federal law preempts state and local regulatory barriers to the offering of voice 
service by service providers, and the FCC and Federal courts generally have preempted state laws that seek to regulate or classify VoIP. 

The FCC has held that VoIP services are internet protocol-enabled services, which are interstate in nature and thus subject exclusively to 
the FCC’s Federal jurisdiction and not to state regulation. This decision was upheld on appeal, although the FCC has an ongoing proceeding 
to consider whether VoIP services provided by service providers are properly classified as an “information service,” “telecommunications 
service” or some other new category of service. This determination, once made, could have numerous regulatory implications for service 
providers that provide interconnected VoIP services, including us. Although the FCC has yet to ascribe a regulatory definition to VoIP 
services, the FCC nevertheless has imposed numerous obligations on interconnected VoIP service providers, some of which are discussed 
more fully below. 

In 2017, the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota held that the VoIP service of another cable operator was an “information 
service” rather than a “telecommunications service,” which would have made it subject to entry and rate regulation and which prevented 
the  Minnesota  Public  Utilities  Commission  from  regulating  VoIP  as  a  telecommunications  service  in  Minnesota.  The  district  court’s 
decision was upheld on appeal and the U.S. Supreme Court denied review of the case. We cannot predict whether other states will attempt 
to subject VoIP services to entry and rate regulation, the outcome of such proceedings or how those proceedings may affect our operations 
or impose costs on our business. 

18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
State Regulation of Telecommunications Services. We offer telecommunications services as competitive local exchange carriers (“CLECs”) 
through several of our subsidiaries. Providers of telecommunications services usually are required to obtain licenses or authorizations from 
state  regulatory  commissions  prior  to  offering  intrastate  telecommunications  services.  We  hold  licenses  to  provide  CLEC 
telecommunications services in Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas. We also are required to comply with 
state reporting, fee payment, tariffing and other obligations imposed on telecommunications services. Many states require prior approval 
for corporate and financial transactions, and compliance with these requirements could delay and increase the cost we incur to complete 
such transactions. Failure to comply with requirements applicable to telecommunications services could subject us to fines, penalties or 
other enforcement consequences. 

Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier Regulation. We offer telecommunications services as an incumbent local exchange carrier (“ILEC”) 
in Missouri through one of our subsidiaries. ILECs generally are subject to more stringent regulation than CLECs. Federal law imposes a 
variety of duties on all telecommunications carriers providing local telephone services, including requirements to interconnect with other 
telecommunications carriers; establish reciprocal compensation arrangements for the completion of calls; permit the resale of services; 
permit users to retain their telephone numbers when changing carriers; and provide competing carriers access to poles, ducts, conduits and 
rights-of-way. ILECs are subject to additional duties to offer interconnection at any technically feasible point within their networks on non-
discriminatory,  cost-based  terms;  offer  co-location  of  competitors’  equipment  at  their  premises  on  a  non-discriminatory  basis;  make 
available some of their network facilities, features and capabilities, referred to as Unbundled Network Elements, on non-discriminatory, 
cost-based terms; and offer wholesale versions of their retail services for resale at discounted rates. Our ILEC subsidiary is currently exempt 
from certain of these obligations because it qualifies as a “rural telephone company” under Federal law. Failure to comply with requirements 
applicable to ILEC operations could subject us to fines, penalties or other enforcement consequences. 

Emergency 911 Services. The FCC has ruled that an interconnected VoIP service provider that enables its customers to make calls to and 
receive calls from persons who use the PSTN must provide its customers with the same enhanced 911 (“E911”) features that traditional 
telephone, telecommunications and wireless companies are obligated to provide. The FCC has also established indoor location requirements 
when E911 calls are made by interconnected VoIP subscribers. The FCC also requires certain providers of facilities-based fixed, residential 
voice services, which includes interconnected VoIP service providers, to offer backup power options to consumers and to inform consumers 
of the availability of such options. In October 2019, the FCC clarified that state, local, and tribal governments cannot charge the same class 
of subscribers higher total 911 fees for VoIP services than for traditional telecommunications services with the same 911 calling capability. 

CALEA. FCC regulations require providers of voice services to comply with the requirements of the Communications Assistance for Law 
Enforcement Act, which requires covered entities and their equipment suppliers to deploy equipment that law enforcement officials can 
access readily for lawful wiretap purposes. 

Universal  Service  Contributions. The  FCC  has  determined  that  interconnected  VoIP  service  providers  must  contribute  to  the  Federal 
Universal Service Fund (the “USF”). Providers of telecommunications service also are required to contribute to the Federal USF. The 
amount  of  a  company’s  USF  contribution  is  based  on  a  percentage  of  revenues  earned  from  end-user  interstate  and  international 
telecommunications and/or interconnected VoIP services. We are permitted to recover these contributions from our customers. In 2012, 
the FCC initiated a proceeding that focused on reforming the nature and manner in which entities should contribute to the USF and at what 
levels.  We  cannot  predict  whether  and  how  such  reform  will  occur  and  the  extent  to  which  it  may  affect  providers  of  VoIP  services, 
including us and our competitors. 

States also may impose state USF fees on telecommunications services, and the FCC has determined that states may impose state USF fees 
on interconnected VoIP service providers subject to certain limitations and requirements. State USF contributions often are based on a 
percentage  of  revenues  earned  from  end-user  intrastate  telecommunications  services  and/or  interconnected  VoIP  services,  and  we  are 
typically permitted to recover these contributions from our customers. We cannot predict whether or how the imposition of such state-
based universal service fees will affect our operations and business. 

Federal Subsidies and Grants. The FCC has adopted rules intended to transition the USF so that it supports the build out of broadband 
rather  than  telecommunications  facilities.  Certain  of  our  subsidiaries  providing  telecommunications  services  have  been  designated  as 
eligible  telecommunications  carriers  (“ETCs”)  and  as  such  receive  Federal  and  state  funds  for  operations  in  Illinois,  Missouri  and 
Oklahoma. We also receive reimbursement from the schools and libraries universal service support program, commonly known as E-rate, 
and from the Rural Health Care Fund for discounted services provided throughout our service territory. The FCC has several proceedings 
pending that could affect our ability to continue receiving such Federal funding. We cannot predict whether or how these programs will be 
changed, or how such changes will affect our operations or business. Our ILEC subsidiary also receives disbursements from the federal 
USF under Phase 2 of the FCC’s Alternative Connect America Cost Model program. To continue to receive such disbursements, we are 
required to meet certain build-out milestones over the next ten years. We also were a grant recipient under the FCC’s Rural Broadband 
Experiment program, which requires us to meet certain build-out and public service obligations over a five-year period. While we intend 
to satisfy these build-out obligations within the required timeframes, there can be no assurance that we will complete the build-out in a 
timely  manner  or  at  all.  We  also  cannot  predict  what  impact  the  costs  of  complying  with  the  build-out  obligations  will  have  on  our 
operations. We will be required to obtain ETC status in additional states to receive funds in connection with RDOF and to meet certain 
build-out obligations as a condition of receiving RDOF funding. 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
In addition, the FCC has focused on subsidizing broadband deployment and this shift could help some of our competitors. For example, 
the FCC revised the program that provides universal service support for services to schools and libraries to shift support from voice services 
to broadband services and to deployment of Wi-Fi networks. Similarly, the FCC has expanded its Lifeline subsidy program for low-income 
consumers to cover broadband services in addition to voice services and is considering further changes that may affect the Lifeline program. 
We cannot predict whether or how these programs will be changed, or the impact such changes will have on our operations or business. 

Intercarrier  Compensation. The  FCC  regulates  switched  access  service  rates  imposed  by  local  telecommunications  carriers  on 
interexchange carriers for the origination and termination of long-distance telecommunications traffic. The FCC has adopted intercarrier 
compensation rules under which switched access service rates for all traffic that interconnects with the PSTN were reduced and a uniform 
bill-and-keep framework for both intrastate and interstate terminating access traffic will result. The reforms required by the FCC’s rules 
are being phased in over a multi-year period. Future FCC determinations regarding the rates, terms and conditions for transporting and 
terminating such traffic could have a profound and material effect on the profitability of providing voice and data services. 

Customer  Proprietary  Network  Information. Telecommunications  services  and  interconnected  VoIP  services  are  subject  to  CPNI 
protections, which extend CPNI protection requirements to such providers. CPNI is information about the quantity, technical configuration, 
type, location and amount of a voice customer’s use. These requirements generally increase the cost of providing voice service, as providers 
must implement various safeguards to protect CPNI from unauthorized disclosure. 

Access for Persons with Disabilities. FCC regulations require providers of interconnected VoIP services to comply with all disability access 
requirements that apply to telecommunications services, including the provision of telecommunications relay services for persons with 
speech or hearing impairments. The FCC also has adopted reporting requirements associated with disability access obligations. We must 
also contribute to the interstate Telecommunications Relay Service Fund to support such access. These requirements generally have had 
the effect of increasing the cost of providing voice services. 

Service Discontinuance and Outage Obligations. The FCC has adopted rules subjecting providers of interconnected VoIP services to the 
same  service  discontinuance  requirements  applicable  to  providers  of  wireline  telecommunication  services.  The  FCC  has  also  adopted 
mandatory outage reporting requirements for interconnected VoIP service providers, which apply when customers of interconnected VoIP 
service lose service or connectivity and, as a result, are unable to access 911 service. Telecommunications services are subject to similar 
requirements. Along with other FCC actions described herein that impose legacy telecom obligations on interconnected VoIP providers, 
this development subjects our interconnected VoIP services to greater regulation and, therefore, greater burdens and costs. 

Regulatory Fees. The FCC requires telecommunications service and interconnected VoIP service providers to contribute to shared costs of 
FCC regulation through an annual regulatory fee assessment. These fees have increased our cost of providing voice services. The FCC 
revises its regulatory fees from time to time and sometimes creates new fees. We cannot predict when or the extent to which the FCC will 
adopt new rules or regulatory fees affecting telecommunications service and VoIP service providers, which could affect our cost of doing 
business. 

Local  Number  Portability. Providers  of telecommunications  services and interconnected  VoIP  services  and  their  “numbering  partners” 
must ensure that their subscribers have the ability to port their telephone numbers when changing service providers. We also must contribute 
funds to cover the shared costs of local number portability and the costs of the North American Numbering Plan Administration. FCC rules 
require additional numbering requirements, such as allowing consumers access to abbreviated dialing codes like 211 and 311 in certain 
circumstances, to be applied to interconnected VoIP service providers. Although consumers’ ability to port their existing telephone numbers 
to  interconnected  VoIP  service  has  created  additional  opportunities  for  us  to  gain  voice  customers,  the  local  number  portability  and 
associated rules overall have had the effect of increasing the cost of providing voice service. 

20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Rural Calling Issues. The FCC has adopted rules to combat problems with the completion of long-distance calls to rural areas. The rules 
applied  detailed  record  keeping,  record  retention  and  reporting  requirements  on  all  voice  providers,  including  VoIP  service  providers, 
subject to certain exceptions. The rules also prohibit VoIP service providers (and other voice providers) from using false audible ringing 
when originating calls. 

State and Local Taxes 

The Internet Tax Freedom Act prohibits most states and localities from imposing taxes on internet access service charges. In addition, the 
FCC’s decision to rescind the majority of the rules adopted in the Open Internet Order may hinder states and localities that seek to impose 
additional taxes and fees on our data services. Legislative and administrative proceedings in some states and localities have imposed or are 
considering  adopting changes  to  general  business  taxes, central assessments  for property tax  and  new taxes  and fees applicable to  our 
services. Often, DBS and other competitors that deliver their services over the internet do not face similar state tax and fee burdens. 

ITEM 1A.  

 RISK FACTORS 

You should carefully consider all of the information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and each of the risks described below, which we 
believe are the principal risks that we face. Some risks relate principally to the securities markets and ownership of our common stock. 

Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial results, financial condition and results of operations 
and the actual outcome of matters as to which forward-looking statements are made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Risks Relating to Our Business 

The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted our operations and adversely affected our business, financial results and financial condition, 
and the duration and extent to which it will continue to do so is uncertain and difficult to predict. 

The COVID-19 pandemic has significantly impacted the United States and other countries, which has resulted in international, Federal, 
state and local governments implementing numerous measures to try to reduce the spread of the virus that causes COVID-19, including 
travel restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place or total lock-down orders and business limitations and shutdowns. 

We are a part of the United States’ critical infrastructure, and our continued operation is essential to connectivity services that are vital 
during the COVID(cid:4136)19 pandemic. At the same time, the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic has caused us to modify our operations, including 
restricting  our  technicians  from  entering  customer  homes  and  businesses;  closing  or  limiting  access  to  local  offices  and  our  corporate 
headquarters for associates, customers and others; limiting non-essential travel for associates; instituting an expanded work-from-home 
program,  including  enhancing  our  technological  capabilities  to  support  such  efforts;  implementing  several  compensation-related 
enhancements, including “purpose pay,” which provided a 25% premium to base pay for certain associates who were required to leave 
their homes to perform their essential job functions and was concluded in early September 2020; establishing health protocols and providing 
personal  protective  equipment  to  protect  our  associates,  customers  and  others;  temporarily  discontinuing  charging  data  overage  fees, 
waiving late charges and suspending disconnection of data and voice services for residential and business customers who were unable to 
pay due to disruptions caused by the pandemic, each of which has concluded; and introducing a new lower-cost residential data plan. We 
have taken and may take further actions required by governmental authorities or that we determine are prudent to support the well-being 
of our associates, customers, suppliers, business partners and others. 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
As  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  outbreak  and  the  related  responses  by  us  and  from  governmental  authorities,  our  operations  have  been 
impacted as described above, which has resulted, and may continue to result, in various negative impacts associated with the pandemic, 
such as reduced revenues from data overage fees, late charges, reconnect fees, and advertising and business services as well as increased 
expenses, which combined to suppress Adjusted EBITDA in 2020. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations — Impact of COVID-19” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Additionally, our 
business,  financial  results and  financial condition  have  been and  could  be  further  adversely affected  in  a  number  of  ways,  which  may 
include, but are not limited to, the following: 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

(cid:404) 

further  disruptions  to  our  regular,  ongoing  operations  and  restrictions  on  our  sales  and  marketing  efforts,  especially  related  to 
business services; 

interruptions to our engineering, design and implementation of plant and infrastructure as well as other important business activities; 

limitations on associate resources and availability, including in our call centers and among our technicians, due to health protocols, 
sickness, government restrictions, the desire of associates to avoid contact with large groups of people, school closures or other 
factors, which may further constrain capacity to respond to the increased demand for our products and services; 

the potential further diversion of senior management’s attention in the event that key and/or large numbers of associates contract 
COVID-19 and, consequently, have limited ability or become unable to work; 

interruptions or delays receiving and limited availability of necessary hardware, software and operational supplies, equipment and 
support; 

possible further reductions of revenues, Adjusted EBITDA and/or Adjusted EBITDA margin and increased expenses as well as 
greater difficulty in collecting customer receivables resulting from, among other things, our actions to assist customers and support 
our associates during the COVID-19 crisis; 

a fluctuation in interest rates that could result from market uncertainties; 

an increase in the cost of or the difficulty to obtain debt or equity financing, which could affect our financial condition or our ability 
to fund operations or future acquisition or investment opportunities; 

a further delay in the implementation of our new ERP system; 

potential legislative or regulatory efforts to impose new requirements on our data services; 

changes to the carrying value of our goodwill and intangible assets; and 

an increase in regulatory restrictions or continued market volatility that could hinder our ability to execute our business strategies, 
including acquisitions and strategic investments, as well as negatively impact our stock price. 

Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic could negatively affect our internal control over financial reporting, including as a result of a portion 
of our personnel working from home. Accordingly, new processes, procedures and controls have been and may continue to be required to 
respond to changes in our business environment. 

The potential effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may also impact many of our other risk factors included in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K. The degree to which the pandemic impacts our operations, business, financial results and financial condition will depend on future 
developments, which are highly uncertain, continuously evolving and in many cases cannot be predicted, including, but not limited to, the 
duration and spread of the pandemic, its severity, the efficacy of vaccines (particularly with respect to emerging strains of the virus), the 
actions to contain the virus or treat its impact and how quickly and to what extent normal social, economic and operating conditions can 
resume. 

We face significant competition from other service providers, as well as other well-capitalized entrants in the video and data services 
industry, which could reduce our market share and lower our profits. 

We operate in a highly competitive, subscriber-driven and rapidly changing industry and compete with a growing number of entities that 
provide a broad range of communications products, services and content to subscribers. Our competitors have historically included, and 
we expect will continue to include, DBS providers, telephone companies that offer data and video services through DSL technology or 
fiber-to-the-node networks, municipalities with fiber-based networks, regional fiber providers and other service providers that have been 
granted a franchise to operate in a geographic market in which we are already operating. 

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our systems generally operate pursuant to franchises, permits and similar authorizations issued by state and local governments. As these 
franchises are typically non-exclusive, state and local governments can grant additional franchises to other entities and create competition 
in our markets where none existed previously, resulting in overbuilds. In some cases, the FCC has adopted rules that streamline entry for 
new competitors (particularly those affiliated with telephone companies) and reduce franchising burdens for these new entrants. Although 
as a general matter internet service providers have upgraded their data networks to enable faster upload and download speeds for their 
customers in metropolitan markets  before  upgrading  their  data  networks  in  our  markets,  approximately  18%  of  our  footprint  has  been 
overbuilt by high-speed data service providers offering speeds of 100 Mbps or higher. Prior to 2021, we considered residential broadband 
download speeds of 50 Mbps or higher as speeds comparable to our own. However, we continue to anticipate a slow yet steady growth of 
new entrants into our markets. Currently, approximately 12% of the residential homes passed in our markets have access to fiber-to-the-
premises from our competitors who typically offer only high-speed data service. Further overbuilding could cause more of our customers 
to purchase data and video services from our competitors instead of from us. We also face increasing competition from wireless telephone 
companies for residential voice services, as our customers continue to replace our residential voice services completely with wireless voice 
services. In addition, new entrants with significant financial resources may compete on a larger scale with our video and data services, and 
as more wireless voice service providers offer unlimited data options, some customers may choose to forgo our data services altogether. 
We may also face increasing competition from various providers of wireless internet offerings, including wireless telephone carriers that 
are developing high-speed “5G” wireless networks and public locations or commercial establishments offering Wi-Fi at no cost. 

Certain municipalities have also announced plans to construct their own data networks with access speeds that match or exceed ours through 
the  use  of  fiber-to-the-node  or  fiber-to-the-premises  technology.  In  some  cases,  local  government  entities  and  municipal  utilities  may 
legally compete with us without obtaining a franchise from an LFA, reducing their barriers to entry into our markets. The entrance of 
municipalities as competitors in our markets would add to the competition we face and could lead to additional customer attrition. 

Our video business also faces substantial and increasing competition from other forms of in-home and mobile entertainment, including, 
among others, Amazon Prime, Apple TV, CBS All Access, Disney+, HBO Max, Hulu, Netflix, Peacock, YouTube TV and an increasing 
number of new entrants who offer OTT video programming, including many traditional programmers. Because of the significant size and 
financial resources of many of the companies behind such service offerings, we anticipate that they will continue to invest resources in 
increasing the availability of video content on the internet, which may result in less demand for the video services we provide. In addition, 
companies that offer OTT content in certain markets also provide data services, such as Alphabet, and they may seek to increase sales of 
their streaming content by lowering the cost of data services for their customers, which would further increase price competition for the 
data services we offer. In addition to creating competition for our video services, OTT content also significantly increases the volume of 
traffic on our data networks, which can lead to decreases in access speeds for all users if data networks are not upgraded so that their 
broadband capacity can keep pace with increased traffic. 

Competition  for  dedicated  fiber-optic  services  for  enterprise  business  customers  is  also intense  as  both  local  telephone  companies  and 
regional overbuilders offer data and voice services over dedicated fiber connections. 

Any of these events could have a material negative impact on our operations, business, financial results and financial condition. 

Our business is characterized by rapid technological change, and if we do not adapt to technological changes and respond appropriately 
to changes in consumer demand, our competitive position may be harmed. 

Our success is, to a large extent, dependent on our ability to acquire, develop, adopt, upgrade and exploit new and existing technologies to 
address changing consumer demands and distinguish our services from those of our competitors. We may not be able to accurately predict 
technological trends or the success of new products and services. If we choose  technologies or equipment that are less effective, cost-
efficient or attractive to our customers than those chosen by our competitors, or if we offer services that fail to appeal to consumers, that 
are not available at competitive prices or that do not function as expected, our competitive position could deteriorate and our business and 
financial results could suffer. 

The ability of some of our competitors to introduce new technologies, products and services more quickly than we can may adversely affect 
our competitive position. Furthermore, advances in technology, decreases in the cost of existing technologies or changes in competitors’ 
product and service offerings may require us in the future to make additional research and development expenditures or to offer at no 
additional charge or at a lower price certain products and services that we currently offer to customers separately or at a premium. 

In addition, we generally seek to leverage overall industry experience before rolling out new technology in order to avoid investing in 
technology that has not been proven successful in other markets. We implement this approach to avoid costly mistakes made by early 
adopters of new technology that does not provide expected returns, and it exposes us to the risk that one of our competitors will adopt 
successful new technology before us and leverage this new technology to attract our customers, increasing the level of customer attrition 
we experience and adversely affecting our business. 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Business services sales increasingly contribute to our results of operations, and we face risks as we attempt to further focus on sales to 
our business customers. 

Growth in revenue from sales to our business customers in legacy Cable One markets was 6.5% in 2020 after exceeding 10% for each year 
between 2019 and when we started focusing on business services sales in 2011. During 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic and our associated 
responses, including business sales associates working from home, resulted in suppressed sales growth from small business customers. We 
may  encounter  additional  challenges  as  we  continue  our  initiative  to  expand  sales  of  data,  voice  and  video  services  to  our  business 
customers. To accommodate this expansion, we expect to commit a greater proportion of our expenditures on technology, equipment and 
personnel  toward  our  business  customers.  If  we  are  unable  to  sufficiently  maintain  the  necessary  infrastructure  and  internal  support 
functions necessary to service these customers, potential future growth of our business services revenues would be limited. In many cases, 
business customers have service level agreements that require us to provide higher standards of service and reliability. If we are unable to 
meet  our  service  level  requirements,  or  more  broadly,  the  expectations  of  our  business  customers,  or  if  pandemic-related  headwinds 
associated with business sales continue, our business sales may not increase and our results of operations may be materially negatively 
affected. 

The increase in programming costs and retransmission fees may continue in the future, resulting in lower margins than we anticipate. 

Over the past few years, the sales margins on our residential video services, which accounted for 25.1%, 28.7% and 32.0% of our total 
revenues in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, have decreased as a result of increased programming costs and retransmission fees and 
customer cord-cutting. Programming costs and retransmission fees paid to major programmers and broadcasters may continue to increase 
as content providers are expected to ask for higher fees. Moreover, programming cost and retransmission fee increases have caused us, and 
may in the future cause us, to cease carrying channels offered by certain programmers and broadcasters, which may result in attrition of 
video subscribers as well as customers who subscribe to double-play or triple-play packages that include video service. These customer 
losses and increased costs could result in further decreases in our residential video margins and adversely impact our business. 

We may not be able to obtain necessary hardware, software and operational support. 

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers and licensors to supply some of the hardware and software necessary to provide 
some of our services, including our access to the network backbone, the modems that we lease to our customers and the delivery of our 
IPTV video service. Some of these vendors represent our sole source of supply or have, either through contract or as a result of intellectual 
property rights, a position of some exclusivity. If any of these parties breaches or terminates its agreement with us or otherwise fails to 
perform its obligations in a timely manner; demand exceeds these vendors’ capacity; they experience operating or financial difficulties 
(including due to general adverse economic conditions); they significantly increase the amount we must pay for necessary products or 
services or they cease production of any necessary product due to lack of demand, profitability, a change in their ownership or otherwise, 
then our ability to provide some services may be materially adversely affected. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to 
retain and attract subscribers and have a material negative impact on our operations, business, financial results and financial condition. 

We cannot assure you that the Hargray Acquisition will be completed. 

There  are  a  number  of  risks  and  uncertainties  relating  to  the  Hargray  Acquisition.  For  example,  the  Hargray  Acquisition  may  not  be 
completed, or may not be completed in the timeframe, on the terms or in the manner currently anticipated, as a result of a number of factors, 
including, among other things, the failure of one or more of the conditions to closing in the Merger Agreement. There can be no assurance 
that the conditions to closing of the Hargray Acquisition will be satisfied or waived or that other events will not intervene to delay or result 
in the failure to close the Hargray Acquisition. The Merger Agreement may be terminated by the parties thereto under certain circumstances, 
including, without limitation, if the Hargray Acquisition has not been completed on or before the six-month anniversary of the Merger 
Agreement,  which  period  may  be  extended  by  one  month  if  all  conditions  to  closing  shall  have  been  satisfied  or  waived  (other  than 
conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the closing) other than those relating to certain regulatory approvals. 

We may fail to realize the benefits anticipated as a result of the Hargray Acquisition. 

The success of the Hargray Acquisition will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated business opportunities and growth 
prospects from combining Hargray with our business. We may never realize these business opportunities and growth prospects. We may 
devote significant senior management attention and resources to preparing for and then integrating our business practices and operations 
with those of Hargray. We may fail to realize some of the anticipated benefits of the Hargray Acquisition if the integration process takes 
longer than expected or is more costly than expected. 

We and Hargray will be subject to business uncertainties while the Hargray Acquisition is pending that could adversely affect our and 
their business. 

Uncertainty  about  the  effect  of  the  Hargray  Acquisition  on  associates  and  customers  may  have  an  adverse  effect  on  us  and  Hargray. 
Although we and Hargray intend to take actions to reduce any adverse effects, these uncertainties may impair our and their ability to attract, 
retain and motivate key personnel until the Hargray Acquisition is completed and for a period of time thereafter. These uncertainties could 
cause  customers,  suppliers  and  others  that  deal  with  us  and/or  Hargray  to  seek  to  change  existing  business  relationships.  In  addition, 
associate retention could be reduced during the pendency of the Hargray Acquisition as associates may experience uncertainty about their 
future  roles.  If,  despite  our  and  Hargray’s  retention  efforts,  key  associates  depart  because  of  concerns  relating  to  the  uncertainty  and 
difficulty of the integration process or a desire not to remain with us, our business could be harmed. 

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We recently made several acquisitions and strategic investments, and may make other acquisitions and strategic investments, which 
expose us to risks and uncertainties associated with acquisitions and strategic investments. 

We completed the NewWave acquisition in May 2017, the Clearwave acquisition in January 2019, the Fidelity acquisition in October 2019 
and the MBI investment in November 2020. On February 12, 2021, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the equity interests 
in Hargray that we do not already own. In addition, we have made and may make other acquisitions and strategic investments (each such 
acquired  business  or  investee,  a  “Strategic  Acquiree”  and,  collectively,  the  “Strategic  Acquirees”).  Such  acquisitions  and  strategic 
investments could involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including: 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

uncertainties as to the timing of any acquisition or strategic investment and the risk that such transactions may not be completed 
in a timely manner or at all; 

the possibility that any or all of the conditions to the consummation of any acquisition or strategic investment may not be satisfied 
or waived, including failure to receive any required regulatory approvals (or any conditions, limitations or restrictions placed in 
connection with such approvals); 

uncertainties related to our ability to obtain any necessary financing to complete any acquisition or strategic investment;  

the difficulty in integrating new Strategic Acquirees and their operations in an efficient and effective manner; 

the challenge in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other anticipated benefits; 

the potential loss of key associates of a Strategic Acquiree and the difficulties of integrating personnel; 

the potential diversion of senior management’s attention from our ongoing operations; 

the difficulty of maintaining relationships with the customers, suppliers and other business partners of a Strategic Acquiree; 

the potential loss of brand recognition, customer loyalty or reputation from any rebranding efforts; 

the  difficulty  and  amount  of  time  necessary  to  realize  expected  synergies  and  other  benefits  of  the  acquisitions  or  strategic 
investments; 

the risks associated with integrating financial reporting and internal control systems as well as with creating uniform standards, 
procedures, policies and information systems; 

the difficulty in adapting and expanding information technology systems and other business processes to incorporate the Strategic 
Acquirees; 

potential future impairments of goodwill associated with the Strategic Acquirees; 

in some cases, the potential for increased regulation; 

risks relating to minority ownership positions in our strategic investments, including our initial minority ownership position in 
MBI, such as our ability to appoint only a minority of members of the board of managers of MBI, the fact that the managers of 
MBI  will  not  owe  the  same  fiduciary  duties  to  us  that  directors  of  a  corporation  would  owe  to  stockholders  and  the  limited 
category of transactions for which our consent will be needed under MBI’s operating agreement; and 

   (cid:404) 

uncertainties related to the exercise of the Call Option or the Put Option (each as defined below) in the MBI investment, including 
our ability to finance the purchase of the remaining equity interests in MBI on terms acceptable to us or at all. 

If  a  Strategic  Acquiree  fails  to  operate  as  anticipated,  cannot  be  successfully  integrated  with  our  existing  business  or  other  risks  and 
uncertainties, including one or more of the risks and uncertainties identified above, occur in connection with our acquisitions and strategic 
investments, our operations, business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially negatively affected. 

Implementation of our new ERP system could disrupt business operations. 

We are planning to implement a new ERP system by the summer of 2021. The implementation requires significant investments of time, 
money and resources and may result in the diversion of senior management’s attention from our ongoing operations. Furthermore, the 
implementation will result in changes to many of our existing operational, financial and administrative business processes, including, but 
not limited to, our budgeting, purchasing, receiving, provisioning, servicing, accounting and reporting processes. The new ERP system will 
require both the implementation of new internal controls and changes to existing internal control frameworks and procedures. If unexpected 
delays, such as the unanticipated implementation delay experienced due to the COVID-19 pandemic, technical problems or other significant 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
issues arise in connection with the implementation, it could have a material negative impact on our operations, business, financial results 
and financial condition. 

We rely on network and information systems and other technology, and a disruption or failure of such networks, systems or technology 
as a result of cybersecurity incidents, as well as outages, natural disasters (including extreme weather), pandemics, terrorist attacks, 
accidental releases of information or similar events, may disrupt our business. 

Network and information systems and other technologies are critical to our operating activities, both to internal uses and in supplying data, 
video and voice services to customers. Network or information system shutdowns or other service disruptions caused by cyber-attacks, 
such as distributed denial of service attacks, ransomware, dissemination of malware and other malicious activity, pose increasing risks. 
Both unsuccessful and successful cyber-attacks on companies, including ours, have continued to increase in frequency, scope and potential 
harm in recent years and, because the techniques used in such attacks have become more sophisticated and change frequently, we may be 
unable  to  anticipate  these  techniques  or  implement  adequate  preventative  measures.  From  time  to  time,  third  parties  make  malicious 
attempts to access our network or the networks of third-party vendors we use. Cyber-attacks could result in an unauthorized release of 
information, degradation to our network and information systems or disruption to our data, video and voice services, all of which could 
adversely affect our reputation and results of operations. 

Our  network  and  information  systems  are  also  vulnerable  to  damage  or  interruption  from  power  outages,  natural  disasters  (including 
extreme weather arising from short-term weather patterns or any long-term changes), pandemics, terrorist attacks and similar events, and 
the individuals responsible for such systems may also be imperiled by certain such events. For example, prior to 2018, the damage to our 
network infrastructure caused by Hurricanes Harvey and Katrina and the Joplin, Missouri tornado each created a significant disruption in 
our ability to provide services in affected areas. Any similar events could have an adverse impact on us and our customers in the future, 
including degradation of service, service disruption, excessive call volume to call centers and damage to our plant, equipment, data and 
reputation. Such an event also could result in large expenditures necessary to repair or replace such networks or information systems or to 
protect them from similar events or damage in the future. Further, the impacts associated with extreme weather or any long-term changes, 
such as intensified storm activity, may cause increased business interruptions. 

Security breaches and other disruptions, including cyber-attacks, and our actual or perceived failure to adequately protect business and 
consumer data could give rise to liability or reputational harm. 

In the ordinary course of our business, we electronically maintain confidential, proprietary and personal information in our information 
technology systems and networks and those of third-party vendors, including customer, personnel and vendor data. These systems have 
been, and may continue to be, targets of attack by cyber criminals or other wrongdoers seeking to steal such information for financial gain 
or  to  harm  our  business  operations  or  reputation.  The  loss,  misuse,  compromise,  leakage,  falsification  or  accidental  release  of  such 
information has resulted, and may in the future result, in costly investigations, remediation efforts and notification to affected consumers, 
personnel and/or vendors. For example, in 2019 we identified an information security incident that could affect the personal information 
of  some  of  our current and  former  associates  as  well as,  in  some  cases,  their dependents,  beneficiaries and  others.  Cyber-attacks  have 
consumed,  and  may  in  the  future  consume,  internal  resources,  and  they  could  also  adversely  affect  our  operating  results  and  result  in 
government investigations, fines and penalties, litigation or potential liability for us and otherwise harm our business. 

Various Federal, state and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing and security of consumer data 
and sensitive personal information that could be used to commit identity theft. This area of the law is evolving, and interpretations of 
applicable laws and regulations differ. Legislative and regulatory activity in the privacy area may result in new laws that are relevant to our 
operations,  for  example,  use  of  consumer  data  for  marketing  or  advertising.  Claims  of  failure  to  comply  with  our  privacy  policies  or 
applicable laws or regulations could form the basis of governmental or private-party actions against us. Such claims and actions may cause 
damage to our reputation and could have an adverse effect on our business. 

We also are subject to stringent data security and data retention requirements that apply to website operators and online services directed 
to children under 13 years of age, or that knowingly collect or post personal information from children under 13 years of age. Other privacy 
oriented laws have been extended by courts to online video providers and are increasingly being used in privacy lawsuits, including class 
actions, against providers of video materials online. Most states have security breach notification laws that generally require a business to 
give notice to consumers and government agencies when certain information has been disclosed due to a security breach, and the FCC has 
adopted security breach rules for voice services. Several states have also enacted general data security requirements to safeguard consumer 
information, including the proper disposal of consumer information. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations 
may impose costs on or otherwise adversely affect our business. 

26 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Intellectual property and proprietary rights of others could prevent us from using necessary technology to provide our services or subject 
us to expensive intellectual property litigation. 

We  periodically  receive  claims  from  third  parties  alleging  that  our  network  and  information  technology  infrastructure  infringes  the 
intellectual property rights of others. We are sometimes named as joint defendants in these suits together with other providers of data, video 
and voice services. Typically, these claims allege that aspects of our system architecture, electronic program guides, modem technology or 
VoIP services infringe on process patents held by third parties. It is likely that we will continue to be subject to similar claims as they relate 
to our business. Addressing these claims is a time-consuming and expensive endeavor, regardless of the merits of the claims. In order to 
resolve  such  a  claim,  we  could determine  the  need to  change  our  method  of  doing  business, enter into a  licensing  agreement  or  incur 
substantial monetary liability. It is also possible that our business could be enjoined from using the intellectual property at issue, causing 
us to significantly alter our operations. If any such claims are successful, then the outcome would likely affect our services utilizing the 
intellectual property at issue and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. 

Risks Relating to Regulation and Legislation 

The profitability of our data service offerings may be impacted by legislative or regulatory efforts to impose net neutrality and other 
new requirements on cable operators. 

The majority of our Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures comes from residential data services, and a majority of our residential 
customers are data-only. We have aligned our resources to emphasize increased sales of data services as well as sales to business customers. 
In order to continue to generate Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures at our desired level from data services, we need the continued 
flexibility to develop and refine business models that respond to changing consumer uses and demands and to manage data usage efficiently, 
including by charging our data subscribers higher rates based on the speed as well as overall bandwidth capacity available to, or used by, 
them, referred to as “usage-based billing.” Our ability to implement usage-based billing or other network management initiatives in the 
future may be restricted by any new net neutrality requirements on cable operators. 

To the extent the FCC in the future limits our ability to price our data services, we may not be able to generate the margins on our data 
services that we anticipated in shifting our focus from video to data services, and our business could be materially negatively impacted. 
While the FCC has eliminated most net neutrality requirements, the FCC, Congress, states or the courts may revisit this determination in 
the future. For example, Congress and numerous states, including Minnesota and Missouri (where we have subscribers) have proposed 
legislation and/or administrative actions that would lead to increased regulation of our provision of data services, including proposed rules 
regarding net neutrality. Several states, including Oregon and Washington (where we also have subscribers), have adopted legislation that 
requires entities providing broadband internet access service in the state to comply with net neutrality requirements or that prohibits state 
and local government agencies from contracting with internet service providers that engage in certain network management activities based 
on paid prioritization, content blocking or other discrimination. Further, current rules only require that a portion of revenues from VoIP 
services be contributed to the USF and USF is not applied to broadband services. The changes brought about by how USF monies are 
distributed may provide funding and subsidies to those who either compete with us or seek to compete with us and therefore put us at a 
competitive disadvantage. Moreover, if the FCC imposes USF fees on broadband services, bundled services or a larger portion of VoIP 
services, it would increase the cost of our services and harm our ability to compete. 

The regulation of broadband activities, including net neutrality obligations, and any related court decisions could cause us to incur additional 
compliance costs, restrict our ability to profit from our existing broadband network, limit the return we can expect to achieve on past and 
future investments in our broadband networks and adversely affect our business. We cannot predict what, if any, proposals might be adopted 
or what effect they might have on our business. 

Our video and voice services are subject to additional regulation by Federal, state and local authorities, which may impose additional 
costs and restrictions on our businesses. 

Our video services business operates in a highly regulated environment. Our systems generally operate pursuant to franchises, permits and 
similar authorizations issued by states or local governments controlling the public rights-of-way, which typically are non-exclusive and 
limited in time, contain various conditions and limitations and provide for the payment of fees to the local authority, determined generally 
as a percentage of revenues. Failure to comply with all of the terms and conditions of a franchise may give rise to rights of termination by 
the franchising authority. 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We have the ability, pursuant to the Copyright Act, under certain terms and conditions and assuming that any applicable retransmission 
consents have been obtained, to retransmit the signals of television stations pursuant to a compulsory copyright license. From time to time, 
revisions to the cable compulsory copyright rules are considered. It is possible that changes in the rules or copyright compulsory license 
fee computations or compliance procedures could have an adverse effect on our business by, for example, increasing copyright compulsory 
license fee costs or by causing us to reduce or discontinue carriage of certain broadcast signals that we currently carry on a discretionary 
basis. Copyright clearances for non-broadcast programming services are arranged through private negotiations. Cable operators also must 
obtain  music  rights  for  locally  originated  programming  and  advertising  from  the  major  music  performing  rights  organizations.  These 
licensing fees have been the source of litigation in the past, and we cannot predict with certainty whether license fee disputes may arise in 
the future. 

In addition, Congress, the FCC and other government agencies have implemented regulations that affect the types of set-top boxes that we 
can lease or deploy to our subscribers, and we expect these regulations may change in the future. The imposition of energy conservation 
regulations on the hardware products we provide to our customers could impede innovation and require mandatory upgrades in our set-top 
boxes and be costly to us. In addition, the FCC may revisit adopting rules requiring any retail video device to work on any cable operator’s 
system. Various parties continue to advocate to Congress and the administrative agencies for new regulatory approaches to reduce consumer 
dependency  on  traditional  operator-provided  set-top  boxes.  We  cannot  predict  when,  whether  or  to  what  extent  any  of  these  types  of 
proposals will be adopted or how they will affect our operations. 

Our telecommunications services are subject to heightened regulatory scrutiny, and our interconnected VoIP services are also subject to a 
growing degree of regulation. Complying with these regulations may increase the costs we incur and decrease the revenues we derive from 
our  voice  business.  While  the  compliance  costs  associated  with  the  current  regulatory  structure  applicable  to  our  voice  services  are 
manageable, changes in this regulatory structure are unpredictable and have the potential to further negatively impact our voice services 
by increasing compliance costs and/or taxes. 

Our cable system franchises are subject to non-renewal or termination. The failure to renew a franchise in one or more markets could 
adversely affect our business. 

Many of the LFAs from whom we have obtained franchises, permits and similar authorizations required to operate our video services 
business have established comprehensive facilities and service requirements as well as specific customer service standards and monetary 
penalties for non-compliance. In many cases, our franchises are terminable if we fail to comply with significant provisions set forth in the 
applicable franchise agreement governing our video operations. Franchises are generally granted for fixed terms and must be periodically 
renewed. LFAs may resist granting a renewal if either past performance or the prospective operating proposal is considered inadequate. 
LFAs often demand concessions or other commitments as a condition to renewal. The traditional cable franchising regime has undergone 
significant change as a result of various Federal and state actions. Some state franchising laws do not allow us to immediately opt into 
favorable  statewide  franchising.  In  many  cases,  state  franchising  laws  will  result  in  fewer  franchise-imposed  requirements  for  our 
competitors who are new entrants than for us, until we are able to opt into the applicable state franchise. We cannot assure that we will be 
able to comply with all significant provisions of our franchise agreements and certain of our franchisers have from time to time alleged that 
we  have  not  complied  with  these  agreements.  Additionally,  although  historically  we  have  renewed  our  franchises  without  incurring 
significant costs, we cannot assure that we will be able to renew, or to renew as favorably, our franchises in the future. A termination of or 
a sustained failure to renew a franchise in one or more markets could materially negatively affect our business in the affected geographic 
area. 

In addition, certain of our franchise agreements require that the applicable LFA approve a transfer of control of the Company. Although 
FCC rules provide that a transfer application shall be deemed granted if it is not acted upon within 120 days after submission, as a practical 
matter, cable operators often waive the deadline if the LFA has not completed its review to facilitate discussions and thereby avoid an LFA 
denying  the  transfer  of  control.  Failure  to  obtain  such  consents  on  commercially  reasonable  and  satisfactory  terms  may  impair  our 
entitlement to the benefit of these franchise agreements in the event of a potential transfer of control of the Company. 

We may encounter increased pole attachment costs. 

Federal law requires most telephone companies and electric power utilities owning utility poles to provide cable systems with access to 
poles and underground conduits. Federal law also requires those utilities to charge reasonable rates to cable operators for utilizing space on 
such poles or in such underground conduits. The FCC’s pole attachment rules contain a formula for calculating pole rental rates that provide 
for similar rates for telecommunications attachments and cable attachments and prohibit utility companies from charging higher rates for 
pole attachments used to provide broadband internet access service. The FCC has also adopted rules to facilitate new attachments, including 
a  one-touch  make-ready  procedure  for  new  attachments.  As  a  general  matter,  changes  to  our  pole  attachment  rate  structure  could 
significantly increase our annual pole attachment costs and materially negatively impact our operations, business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Changes in broadcast carriage regulations could impose significant additional costs. 

Although we would likely choose to carry all primary video feeds of local broadcast stations in the markets in which we operate voluntarily, 
so-called “must carry” rules could, in the future, require us to carry some local broadcast television signals on some of our systems that we 
might not otherwise carry. If the FCC seeks to revise or expand the “must carry” rules, such as to require carriage of multicast streams, we 
would be forced to carry video programming that we would not otherwise carry and potentially drop other, more popular programming in 
order to free capacity for the required programming, which could make us less competitive. Moreover, if the FCC adopts rules that are not 
competitively neutral, cable operators could be placed at a disadvantage versus other video providers. 

The FCC recently took steps to relax its media ownership rules, including restrictions on the number of commonly owned television stations 
per market as well as on newspaper/broadcast and radio/television station cross-ownership. However, the FCC’s new rules were overturned 
by a Federal court, which remanded the matter to the FCC for further proceedings. The matter is now pending before the U.S. Supreme 
Court. We cannot predict the outcome of the ongoing reviews by the FCC and the courts, and whether or to what extent any further revisions 
of the rules by the FCC or the courts may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. Changes to relax the media ownership 
rules would likely lead to increased consolidation of the television broadcast stations and station groups, with a corresponding increase in 
the negotiating leverage that broadcasters and station groups hold in retransmission consent negotiations, thereby possibly increasing the 
amounts we pay to broadcasters for retransmission consent. 

Additional government-mandated broadcast carriage obligations, including those related to the FCC’s enhanced technical broadcasting 
option (Advanced Television Systems Committee 3.0), could disrupt existing programming commitments and increase our costs of carrying 
such programming. 

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness 

We have incurred indebtedness, including in connection with various acquisitions, and the degree to which we are now leveraged may 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and cash flows. 

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $2.2 billion of outstanding indebtedness. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance 
our indebtedness, including the debt incurred in connection with acquisitions, as well as any future debt that we may incur, will depend on 
our  ability  to  generate  cash  in  the  future  from  operations,  financings  or  asset  sales.  Our  ability  to  generate  cash  is  subject  to  general 
economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. 

The terms of our indebtedness restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to incur debt that we may need to fund 
initiatives in response to changes in our business, the industries in which we operate, the economy and governmental regulations. 

The terms of our indebtedness include a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us 
and limit our ability to engage in actions that may be in our long-term best interests. These may restrict our ability to take some or all of 
the following actions: 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or sell disqualified or preferred stock; 

pay dividends on, make distributions in respect of, repurchase or redeem, capital stock; 

   (cid:404)  make acquisitions or investments; 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of certain assets; 

create or allow to exist liens; 

29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

enter into sale/leaseback transactions; 

enter into agreements restricting the ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany transfers; 

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our or our subsidiaries’ assets; 

enter into transactions with affiliates; 

prepay, repurchase or redeem certain kinds of indebtedness; 

issue or sell stock of our subsidiaries; and/or 

significantly change the nature of our business. 

As a result of all of these restrictions, we may be: 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

limited in how we conduct our business and pursue our strategy; 

unable to raise additional debt financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or 

unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities, including acquisitions and strategic investments. 

A breach of any of these covenants, if applicable, could result in an event of default under the terms of our indebtedness. If an event of 
default occurs, the lenders would have the right to accelerate the repayment of such debt and the event of default or acceleration may result 
in the acceleration of the repayment of any other of our debt to which a cross-default or cross-acceleration provision applies. Furthermore, 
the lenders of this indebtedness may require that we pledge our assets as collateral as security for our repayment obligations. If we were 
unable to repay any amount of this indebtedness when due and payable, the lenders could proceed against the collateral that secures this 
indebtedness.  In  the  event  our  creditors  accelerate  the  repayment  of  our  borrowings,  we  may  not  have  sufficient  assets  to  repay  such 
indebtedness and our financial condition will be materially negatively affected. 

We have variable rate indebtedness that subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase 
significantly. 

As of the end of 2020, we had approximately $1.5 billion of outstanding term loans and an additional $470.4 million of undrawn revolving 
credit capacity with variable rates of interest that expose us to interest rate risks. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on 
the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash flows will 
correspondingly decrease. In addition, we will be exposed to the risk of rising interest rates to the extent that we fund our operations with 
additional short-term or variable-rate borrowings. We have entered into and in the future may enter into additional interest rate swaps in 
order to hedge against future interest rate volatility. We may elect not to maintain such interest rate swaps with respect to our variable rate 
indebtedness, if any, and any swaps we have entered into or may enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk. As a result, our 
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially negatively affected. 

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and the Securities Market 

We  cannot  assure  you  that  we will continue  to  pay  dividends  on  our  common  stock,  and  our  indebtedness  limits  our  ability to  pay 
dividends on our common stock. 

The timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends to stockholders falls within the discretion of our Board. Our Board’s 
decisions regarding the amount and payment of future dividends will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, 
capital requirements of our business and covenants associated with debt obligations, as well as legal requirements, regulatory constraints, 
industry practice and other factors that our Board deems relevant. There can be no assurance that we will continue to pay any dividend in 
the future. 

30 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Certain provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws and Delaware law 
may discourage takeovers and the concentration of ownership of our common stock will affect the voting results of matters submitted 
for stockholder approval. 

Several provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws and Delaware law may 
discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that is opposed by our Board or certain stockholders holding a significant percentage 
of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock. These include provisions that: 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

prior to the full declassification of our board following our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023, divide our Board 
into three classes of directors, standing for election on a staggered basis, such that only approximately one-third of the directors 
constituting our Board may change each year; 

do not permit our stockholders to act by written consent and require that stockholder action must take place at an annual or special 
meeting of our stockholders; 

provide that only our Chief Executive Officer and a majority of our directors, and not our stockholders, may call a special meeting 
of our stockholders; 

require the approval of our Board or the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of our 
capital stock to amend our Amended and Restated By-laws; and 

limit our ability to enter into business combination transactions with certain stockholders. 

These and other provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws and Delaware law 
may discourage, delay or prevent certain types of transactions involving an actual or a threatened acquisition or change in control of the 
Company, including unsolicited takeover attempts, even though the transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their 
shares of our common stock at a price above the prevailing market price. 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and 
exclusive  forum  for  certain  types  of  actions  and  proceedings  that  may  be  initiated  by  our  stockholders,  which  could  limit  our 
stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, associates or stockholders. 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of 
Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) action 
asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or associate of the Company to the Company or the Company’s 
stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) or 
(iv) action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding 
any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our Amended and 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in 
a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other associates, which may discourage such lawsuits 
against us and our directors, officers and associates. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our Amended and Restated 
Certificate of Incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, 
we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and 
financial condition. 

General Risk Factors 

Adverse conditions in the U.S. economy could impact our results of operations. 

Unfavorable general economic conditions, such as a recession or economic slowdown in the United States and the continuing impact of 
the  COVID-19  pandemic,  could  negatively  affect  the  affordability  of  and  demand  for  some  of  our  products  and  services.  In  difficult 
economic conditions, consumers may seek to reduce discretionary spending by forgoing purchases of our products and services, electing 
to use fewer higher margin products and services or obtaining lower cost products and services offered by other companies. Similarly, 
under these conditions the business customers that we serve in the United States may delay purchasing decisions, delay full implementation 
of  service  offerings  or  reduce  their  use  of  services.  In addition, adverse economic  conditions may  lead  to an  increased  number of  our 
residential and business customers that are unable to pay for services. If any of these events were to occur, it could have a material negative 
effect on our operations, business, financial condition and results of operations. 

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our stock price may fluctuate significantly, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control. 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control, 
including: 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our business; 

success or failure of our business strategies; 

our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in our industry; 

our ability to obtain financing as needed; 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, dispositions or strategic investments; 

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; 

the failure of securities analysts to cover, or maintain coverage of, our common stock; 

changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates; 

the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies; 

investor perception of the Company and our industry; 

overall market fluctuations; 

results from any material litigation or government investigation; 

changes in laws and regulations (including tax laws and regulations) affecting our business; 

changes in capital gains taxes and taxes on dividends affecting stockholders; and 

general economic conditions and other external factors. 

Low trading volume for our stock, which may occur if an active trading market is not sustained, among other reasons, would amplify the 
effect of the above factors on our stock price volatility. 

Stock markets in general can experience volatility that is unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad 
market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. 

Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future. 

Your percentage ownership in the Company may be diluted in the future because of equity awards granted, and that we expect to grant in 
the future, to our directors, officers and other associates. In addition, we may issue equity as all or part of the financing or consideration 
paid for acquisitions and strategic investments that we may make in the future or as necessary to fund our ongoing operations. 

Any damage to our reputation or brand image could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Maintaining a positive reputation and brand image are important factors impacting our ability to sell our products and services. The speed 
at which negative publicity is disseminated has increased dramatically through the use of electronic communication, including social media, 
websites and blogs. Our success in maintaining our brand image depends on our ability to adapt to this rapidly changing media environment. 
Adverse publicity or negative commentary in any media outlet could damage our reputation and reduce the demand for our products and 
services, which would adversely affect our business. Our reputation or brand image could be adversely impacted by negative publicity, 
commentary or communications (whether or not valid), including related to the following topics: our failure to maintain high ethical and 
social practices in all of our operations and activities; our failure to be perceived as appropriately addressing matters of social responsibility; 
our use of social media; or public perception of statements or positions made or taken by us, including our executives and associates. 

32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
If we are unable to retain key associates, our ability to manage our business could be adversely affected. 

Our operational results have depended, and our future results will depend, upon the retention and continued performance of our management 
team. The competitive environment for management talent in the broadband communications industry could adversely impact our ability 
to retain and hire new key associates for management positions. The loss of the services of key members of management and the inability 
or delay in hiring new key associates could adversely affect our ability to manage our business and our future operational and financial 
results. 

Our ability to incur future indebtedness, whether for general corporate purposes or for acquisitions and strategic investments, may not 
be available on favorable terms, or at all. 

We may need to seek additional financing for our general corporate purposes or for acquisitions and strategic investments in the future. We 
may  be  unable  to  obtain  additional  indebtedness  on  terms  favorable  to  us,  or  at  all,  including  because  of  the  terms  of  our  current 
indebtedness. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our future activities, which could negatively 
affect our business. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity securities, our stockholders could experience dilution of 
their ownership interest. If we raise additional funds by issuing debt, we may be subject to limitations on our operations due to restrictive 
covenants. 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation includes provisions limiting the personal liability of our directors for breaches 
of fiduciary duty under the DGCL. 

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains a provision permitted under the DGCL relating to the liability of directors. 
This provision eliminates a director’s personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL for monetary damages resulting from 
a breach of fiduciary duty; provided that such provision will not eliminate or limit a director’s liability: 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty; 

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; 

under Section 174 of the DGCL (including for unlawful dividends); or 

for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit. 

The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages 
against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. 
This  provision,  however,  should  not  limit  or  eliminate  our  rights  or  any  stockholder’s  rights  to  seek  non-monetary  relief,  such  as  an 
injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a director’s fiduciary duty. This provision will not alter a director’s liability under 
federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may discourage or deter 
stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if 
successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders. 

ITEM 1B.  

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 2.  

PROPERTIES 

Our headquarters is located in Phoenix, Arizona. The majority of the offices and headend facilities of our individual systems are located in 
buildings owned by us. 

Our principal physical assets consist of our broadband plant and equipment, including signal receiving, encoding and decoding devices, 
headend facilities, fiber-optic transport and distribution networks and customer premise equipment for each of our systems. Our broadband 
plant  and  related  equipment  generally  attach  to  utility  poles  under  pole  rental  agreements  with  local  public  utilities  and  telephone 
companies, although in certain areas our transport and distribution network is buried in underground ducts or trenches. We own or lease 
real property for signal reception sites and own most of our service vehicles. 

The physical components of our broadband network requires maintenance and periodic upgrades to improve performance and capacity and 
support existing and new services and products. We also operate a network operations center that monitors our network at all times. 

We believe that our properties are generally in good condition and are suitable and adequate to support our operations. 

ITEM 3.  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In the ordinary course of business, we periodically receive claims from third parties alleging that our network and information technology 
infrastructure infringes the intellectual property rights of others. We have sometimes been named as joint defendants in these suits together 
with other providers of data, video and voice services. Typically these claims allege that aspects of our system architecture, electronic 
program guides, modem technology or VoIP services infringe on process patents held by third parties. In addition, we have been subject to 
various  civil  lawsuits  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  including  contract  disputes,  actions  alleging  negligence,  invasion  of  privacy, 
violations of applicable wage and hour laws and statutory and common law claims involving various other matters. We do not view any of 
these proceedings as material to our business and are currently not subject to any other material legal proceedings. 

ITEM 4.  

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

PART II 

Market Information 

Our common stock is publicly traded under the ticker symbol “CABO” on the New York Stock Exchange. 

Holders 

As of February 19, 2021, there were approximately 735 holders of record of our common stock. 

Dividends 

We currently expect to continue to pay comparable quarterly cash dividends on shares of our common stock, subject to approval of the 
Board. 

Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of our common stock between December 31, 2015 and December 
31, 2020 with the cumulative total returns of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and a custom peer group index (the “Peer Group”). 
For purposes of this graph, it assumes a hypothetical $100 investment on December 31, 2015 and that dividends, if any, were reinvested. 
The Peer Group of data, video and voice services companies consists of Altice USA, Inc. (beginning June 22, 2017, when it first became a 
publicly traded company); Charter Communications, Inc.; Comcast Corporation; and WideOpenWest, Inc. (beginning May 25, 2017, when 
it first became a publicly traded company). 

The  stock  price  performance  shown  on  this  graph  is  based  on  historical  results  and  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  stock  price 
performance. The graph is furnished solely to accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not being filed for purposes of Section 
18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference 
into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act. 

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
   
 
 
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the purchases of our common stock by us and any affiliated purchasers within 
the meaning of Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act during the three months ended December 31, 2020 (dollars in thousands, except 
per share data): 

Period 
October 1 to 31, 2020(2) ..............................................      
November 1 to 30, 2020 .............................................      
December 1 to 31, 2020 ..............................................      
Total ............................................................................      

Total Number 
 of Shares 
Purchased 

Average Price  
Paid per Share      
1,845.47       
-       
-       
1,845.47       

51     $ 
-     $ 
-     $ 
51     $ 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased as  
Part of Publicly 
Announced 
Plans or  
Programs(1) 

Approximate  
Dollar  
Value of Shares 
that May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the Plans 
or Programs 

-     $ 
-     $ 
-     $ 
-       

145,081   
145,081   
145,081   

(1) 

(2) 

On July 1, 2015, the Board authorized up to $250.0 million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares of common stock), which was announced on 
August 7, 2015. The authorization does not have an expiration date. Purchases under the share repurchase program may be made from time to time on the open market and
in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including share price and business and market conditions. 
Represents shares withheld from associates to satisfy estimated tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock and/or exercises of stock 
appreciation rights under the Amended and Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. The average price paid per share for the common stock
withheld was based on the closing price of our common stock on the applicable vesting or exercise measurement date. 

36 

  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Selected financial data is no longer required because we have early adopted the amendments to Regulation S-K Item 301. 

ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our accompanying audited 
consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as the discussion in the section 
of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  entitled  “Business.”  This  discussion  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and 
uncertainties. Our actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number 
of  factors,  including  those  discussed  in  the  sections  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  entitled  “Cautionary  Statement  Regarding 
Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” 

Throughout this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” all totals, percentages and 
year-over-year changes are calculated using exact numbers. Minor differences may exist due to rounding. 

Any discussion of consolidated results or performance is inclusive of the Clearwave, Fidelity and Valu-Net operations from their respective 
acquisition dates and excludes the Anniston System from its contribution date. The results of Fidelity for the first three quarters of 2020 
and the results of Valu-Net since its acquisition are collectively referred to as the “incremental operations.” 

Overview  

We are a fully integrated provider of data, video and voice services in 21 Western, Midwestern and Southern states as of December 31, 
2020. We provided these broadband services to residential and business customers in approximately 950 communities as of December 31, 
2020. The markets we serve are primarily non-metropolitan, secondary and tertiary markets, with approximately 78% of our customers 
located in seven states as of December 31, 2020: Arizona, Idaho, Illinois, Mississippi, Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas. Our biggest customer 
concentrations  are  in  the  Mississippi  Gulf  Coast  region  and  in  the  greater  Boise,  Idaho  region.  We  provided  service  to  approximately 
969,000 residential and business customers out of approximately 2.3 million homes passed as of December 31, 2020. Of these customers, 
approximately 857,000 subscribed to data services, 260,000 subscribed to video services and 124,000 subscribed to voice services as of 
December 31, 2020. 

We generate substantially all of our revenues through three primary product lines. Ranked by share of our total revenues during 2020, they 
are residential data (50.5%), residential video (25.1%) and business services (data, voice and video: 17.7%). The profit margins, growth 
rates and/or capital intensity of these three product lines vary significantly due to competition, product maturity and relative costs. 

In  2020,  our  Adjusted  EBITDA  margins  for  residential  data  and  business  services  were  approximately  eight  and  nine  times  greater, 
respectively, than for residential video. We define Adjusted EBITDA margin for a product line as Adjusted EBITDA attributable to that 
product  line  divided  by  revenue attributable  to  that  product  line  (see  “Use  of Adjusted  EBITDA” below  for  the  definition  of  Adjusted 
EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure). This margin 
disparity is largely the result of significant programming costs and retransmission fees incurred to deliver residential video services, which 
in each of the last three years represented between 61% and 66% of total residential video revenues. Neither of our other primary product 
lines has direct costs representing as substantial a portion of revenues as programming costs and retransmission fees represent for residential 
video, and indirect costs are generally allocated on a per PSU basis. 

37 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We focus on growing our higher margin businesses, namely residential data and business services. Beginning in 2013, we began our shift 
away from our prior concentration on growing revenues through subscriber retention and maximizing customer PSUs. We adapted our 
strategy to face the industry-wide trends of declining profitability of residential video services and declining revenues from residential 
voice services. The declining profitability of residential video services is due primarily to increasing programming costs and retransmission 
fees and competition from other content providers, and the declining revenues from residential voice services are due primarily to the 
increasing use of wireless voice services instead of residential voice services. Separately, we have also focused on retaining customers who 
are likely to produce higher relative value over the life of their service relationships with us, are less attracted by discounting, require less 
support and churn less. This strategy focuses on increasing Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and margins. 

Excluding the effects of our recently completed acquisitions and divestitures and any potential future acquisitions and divestitures, the 
trends described above and the COVID-19 pandemic have impacted, and are expected to further impact, our three primary product lines in 
the following ways: 

   (cid:404)  Residential data. We have experienced growth in residential data customers and revenues every year since 2013, and that growth 
accelerated during 2020, in part as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and our associated responses discussed below. During 
2020, we organically added over 50% more residential data customers than we did during the four-and-a-half-year period between 
our July 2015 spin-off from GHC and the end of 2019. We expect growth for this product line to continue over the long-term as 
upgrades in our broadband capacity, our ability to offer higher access speeds than many of our competitors, the reliability and 
flexibility of our data service offerings and our Wi-Fi support service will enable us to capture additional market share from both 
data subscribers who use other providers as well as households in our footprint that do not yet subscribe to data services from any 
provider. 

   (cid:404)  Residential  video.  Residential  video  service  is  an  increasingly  costly  and  fragmenting  business,  with  programming  costs  and 
retransmission fees continuing to escalate in the face of a proliferation of streaming content alternatives. We intend to continue 
our  strategy  of  focusing  on  the  higher-margin  businesses  of  residential  data  and  business  services  while  de-emphasizing  our 
residential video business. We experienced a slightly accelerated decline in organic residential video customers and revenues 
during 2020 in connection with our response to the COVID-19 pandemic due to a temporary suspension of in-home installations. 
As a result of our video strategy, we expect that residential video customers and revenues will decline further in the future. In 
2021,  we  announced that  we are  launching  Sparklight TV, an  IPTV  video  service that  allows  customers  to  stream  our  video 
channels from the cloud through a new app. This transition from linear to IPTV video service will enable us to reclaim bandwidth, 
freeing up network capacity to increase data speeds and capacity across our network. 

   (cid:404)  Business services. We have experienced significant growth in business data customers and revenues, and we expect this growth 
to continue over the long-term. We attribute this growth to our strategic focus on increasing sales to business customers and our 
efforts to attract enterprise business customers. Margins for products sold to business customers have remained attractive, which 
we expect will continue. During 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic and our associated responses, including business sales associates 
working from home, resulted in suppressed sales growth from small business customers while at the same time the pandemic 
presented additional subscriber acquisition and upgrade opportunities primarily for mid-market and enterprise businesses in need 
of faster and more reliable data and voice services. 

We continue to experience increased competition, particularly from telephone companies, cable and municipal overbuilders, OTT video 
providers and DBS television providers. Because of the levels of competition we face, we believe it is important to make investments in 
our infrastructure. In addition, a key objective of our capital allocation process is to invest in initiatives designed to drive revenue and 
Adjusted EBITDA expansion. More than 50% of our total capital expenditures since 2017 were focused on infrastructure improvements 
that were intended to grow these measures. We continue to invest capital to, among other things, increase our plant and data capacities as 
well as network reliability. As of December 31, 2020, we offered Gigabit data service to approximately 97% of our homes passed. We are 
also continuing to deploy DOCSIS 3.1, which, together with Sparklight TV, will further increase our network capacity and enable future 
growth in our residential data and business services product lines. 

38 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We expect to continue to devote financial resources to infrastructure improvements in existing and newly acquired markets as well as to 
expand high-speed data service into areas where our consortium was designated the winning bidder for the RDOF Phase I auction. We 
believe these investments are necessary to continually meet our customers’ needs and to remain competitive. The capital enhancements 
associated  with  recent  acquisitions  include  rebuilding  low-capacity  markets;  reclaiming  bandwidth  from  analog  video  services; 
implementing  32-channel  bonding;  deploying  DOCSIS  3.1;  converting  back  office  functions  such  as  billing,  accounting  and  service 
provisioning; migrating products to legacy Cable One platforms; and expanding our high-capacity fiber network. 

Our primary goals are to continue growing residential data and business services, to increase profit margins and to deliver strong Adjusted 
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures. To achieve these goals, we intend to continue our disciplined cost management 
approach,  remain  focused  on  customers  with  expected  higher  relative  value  and  follow  through  with  further  planned  investments  in 
broadband plant upgrades, including the deployment of DOCSIS 3.1 capabilities and new data service offerings for residential and business 
customers. At the same time, we intend to continue balancing the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, associates, customers 
and  other  stakeholders. We also plan  to continue  seeking  broadband-related  acquisition and  strategic  investment  opportunities  in  rural 
markets in addition to pursuing organic growth through market expansion projects. 

On  January  8,  2019,  we  acquired  Clearwave,  a  facilities-based  service  provider  that  owns  and  operates  a  high-capacity  fiber  network 
offering  dense  regional  coverage  in  Southern  Illinois.  We  paid  a  purchase  price  of  $358.8  million  in  cash  on  a  debt-free  basis.  The 
acquisition provides us with a premier fiber network within our existing footprint, further enables us to supply our customers with enhanced 
business services solutions and provides a platform to allow us to replicate Clearwave’s strategy in several of our other markets. The all-
cash transaction was funded through a combination of cash on hand and proceeds from new indebtedness. 

On October 1, 2019, we acquired the data, video and voice business and certain related assets of Fidelity, a provider of connectivity services 
to residential and business customers throughout Arkansas, Illinois, Louisiana, Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas. We paid a purchase price 
of $531.4 million in cash on a debt-free basis. Cable One and Fidelity share similar strategies, customer demographics and products. The 
acquisition provides us opportunities for revenue growth and Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion as well as the potential to realize cost 
synergies. The all-cash transaction was funded through a combination of cash on hand and proceeds from new indebtedness. 

On July 1, 2020, we acquired Valu-Net, an all-fiber internet service provider headquartered in Kansas with approximately 5,000 residential 
data subscribers at the time of the acquisition. We paid a purchase price of $38.9 million in cash on a debt-free basis. The acquisition 
provides us the opportunity to further grow our business in and around Emporia, Kansas and realize operational synergies and Adjusted 
EBITDA growth. 

On May 4, 2020, we made a minority equity investment for a less than 10% ownership interest in Nextlink for $27.2 million. On July 10, 
2020, we acquired an approximately 40% minority equity interest in Wisper for total consideration of $25.3 million. On October 1, 2020, 
we contributed the Anniston System to Hargray in exchange for an approximately 15% equity interest in Hargray on a fully diluted basis. 
The Anniston System had approximately 19,000 residential data subscribers at the time of the transaction. 

On November 12, 2020, we acquired a 45% minority equity interest in MBI for $574.9 million in cash. MBI provides high-speed data, 
video and voice services to residential and business customers in rural markets in 16 states under the Vyve Broadband brand and is majority-
owned by funds affiliated with GTCR LLC, a private equity firm based in Chicago (“GTCR”). As of December 31, 2020, MBI’s network 
passed approximately 644,000 homes and has upgraded systems and a high-capacity plant with more than 15,800 network plant miles, 
including over 4,100 fiber route miles, capable of delivering Gigabit speeds across its footprint. As part of this investment, we acquired the 
right, but not the obligation, to purchase all but not less than all of the remaining equity interests in MBI that we do not already own between 
January 1, 2023 and June 30, 2024 (the “Call Option”). If we do not exercise the Call Option, investors affiliated with GTCR have the 
right, but not the obligation, to sell (and to cause all members of MBI other than us to sell) to us and, in such case, we are obligated to 
purchase, all but not less than all of the direct and indirect equity interests in MBI that we do not already own between July 1, 2025 through 
September 30, 2025 (the “Put Option” and, together with the Call Option, the “Call and Put Options”). The purchase price payable upon 
the exercise of the Call Option or the Put Option, as applicable, will be calculated under a formula based on a multiple of MBI’s adjusted 
EBITDA. For the three months ended December 31, 2020, MBI generated revenues of approximately $68 million. 

On February 12, 2021, we and our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, Lighthouse Merger Sub LLC, entered into the Merger Agreement 
pursuant to which we agreed to acquire the equity interests in Hargray that we do not already own. The equity interests to be acquired 
represent approximately 85% of Hargray on a fully diluted basis. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, we will pay a purchase price 
that implies  a  $2.2  billion  total  enterprise  value  for  Hargray  on  a  debt-free  and  cash-free  basis,  subject  to  customary  post-closing 
adjustments.  We  intend  to  finance  the  Hargray  Acquisition with  a  combination  of  existing  cash  resources and  proceeds  from  new 
indebtedness (which may include revolving credit facility borrowings) and/or equity capital. We have received $900 million of definitive 
bridge loan commitments from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ("JPMorgan") and Credit Suisse AG to finance a portion of the purchase price. 
Hargray has also amended its credit agreement to allow us to assume approximately $689 million of Hargray’s outstanding debt at the 
closing of the Hargray Acquisition. The Hargray Acquisition offers us an opportunity to expand our presence in the Southeastern U.S. and 
will enable us to capitalize on Hargray’s experience and expertise in fiber expansion. The closing of the Hargray Acquisition is subject to 
the receipt of certain regulatory approvals, including clearance under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 and the 
receipt of consents or approvals from the FCC and certain state public service commissions, and other customary closing conditions. We 
currently anticipate that the Hargray Acquisition will be completed during the second quarter of 2021. 

39 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 for discussion and analysis of our financial condition and 
results of operations for 2019 compared to 2018 contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations.” 

Impact of COVID-19 

We are a part of the United States’ critical infrastructure, and our continued operation is essential to connectivity services that are vital 
during the COVID(cid:4136)19 pandemic. At the same time, the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic has caused us to modify our operations, including 
restricting  our  technicians  from  entering  customer  homes  and  businesses;  closing  or  limiting  access  to  local  offices  and  our  corporate 
headquarters for associates, customers and others; limiting non-essential travel for associates; instituting an expanded work-from-home 
program,  including  enhancing  our  technological  capabilities  to  support  such  efforts;  implementing  several  compensation-related 
enhancements, including “purpose pay,” which provided a 25% premium to base pay for certain associates who were required to leave 
their homes to perform their essential job functions and was concluded in early September 2020; and establishing health protocols and 
providing personal protective equipment to protect our associates, customers and others. 

In addition, in an effort to help ease the financial burden and provide continued connectivity for our customers and communities impacted 
by the COVID-19 pandemic, beginning in March 2020, we initially committed to do the following for 60 days under the FCC’s Keep 
Americans  Connected  Pledge:  waive  late  charges  and  suspend  disconnection  of  data  and  voice  services  for  residential  and  business 
customers who are unable to pay their bill due to disruptions caused by the pandemic and open free public Wi-Fi hotspots in local office 
parking lots and other public areas across our footprint. These commitments were scheduled to conclude at the end of June 2020; however, 
we  continued  to  waive  late  charges  for  residential  and  small  business  data  and  voice  customers  through  the  end  of  July  2020  and  we 
extended access to our free public Wi-Fi hotspots through the end of 2021. 

Other actions taken by us beginning in March 2020 to assist customers and the communities we serve during the COVID-19 pandemic 
included discontinuing charging data overage fees, which was later extended through the end of June 2020; offering a low-cost 15 Megabit 
per second residential data plan for $10 per month for the first three months of service to help low-income families and those most impacted 
by the pandemic, which will be available through the end of 2021; donating more than $300,000 for community relief efforts and supporting 
various other local relief efforts; and partnering with communities, hospitals, medical centers and other essential institutions to address 
their broadband connection needs and challenges. Further, we have agreed to participate in a program that helps school districts and states 
provide internet access for students in low-income households. We also revised a majority of our residential data plans to provide 50 to 
300 Gigabits of additional data based on the plan as of the beginning of July 2020, and we continued to work with residential and small 
business data and voice customers who have been harmed financially by the COVID-19 pandemic to keep them connected by offering 
flexible payment plans. Meanwhile, to meet the increased demand from new residential data customers, we focused on data-only connects 
for most of the second and third quarters of 2020. 

In addition to the effects to our three primary product lines noted above, the COVID-19 pandemic and our associated responses negatively 
impacted Adjusted EBITDA by $17.6 million during 2020, primarily during the second and third quarters of the year. The negative impacts 
were driven by a $12.3 million decrease in revenues largely from the now-concluded suspensions of data overage fees, late charges and 
reconnect  fees  as  well  as  diminished  growth  in  business  services  revenues,  coupled  with  $5.3  million  of  higher  labor  costs  and  other 
operating expenses, net of lower travel costs. These negative Adjusted EBITDA impacts were more than offset by a greater-than-usual gain 
in residential data customers in 2020 and the associated increase in residential data revenues. 

The planned implementation of our new ERP system, which was delayed because of resource challenges and inefficiencies that resulted 
from the COVID-19 pandemic, remains on schedule for implementation by the summer of 2021. 

The negative impacts associated with the actions we took in response to the pandemic largely ceased during the fourth quarter of 2020, due 
primarily to the resumption of billing late charges, reconnect fees and data overage fees as well as the normalization of labor costs. In 
addition, we expect there to be a positive impact on 2021 residential data revenues as a result of retaining a significant number of residential 
data customers acquired during 2020 as well as anticipated continued growth of residential data customers in 2021, albeit at a slower pace. 
However, we continue to face various uncertainties related to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the overall economy and our 
business, including whether we are able to sustain continued customer growth, our level of bad debt expense and if some of the expense 
reductions realized during the second half of 2020 will continue or if those expenses will return to more normal levels given the fluid 
situation regarding pandemic-related restrictions across the country. 

40 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We  continue  to  monitor  the  evolving  situation  caused  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  and  we  may  take  further  actions  required  by 
governmental  authorities  or  that  we  determine  are  prudent  to  support  the  well-being  of  our  associates,  customers,  suppliers,  business 
partners and others. The degree to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our operations, business, financial results and financial condition 
will  depend  on  future  developments,  which  are  highly  uncertain,  continuously  evolving  and  in  many  cases  cannot  be  predicted.  This 
includes, but is not limited to, the duration and spread of the pandemic, its severity, the efficacy of vaccines (particularly with respect to 
emerging strains of the virus), the actions to contain the virus or treat its impact, potential legislative or regulatory efforts to impose new 
requirements on our data services and how quickly and to what extent normal social, economic and operating conditions can resume. 

Refer  to  the  section  entitled  “Risks  Factors”  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  additional  risks  we  face  due  to  the  COVID-19 
pandemic. 

Results of Operations 

PSU and Customer Counts 

Selected subscriber data for the periods presented was as follows (in thousands, except percentages): 

As of December 31, 
2019 
2020 

Residential data PSUs .............................................................................     
Residential video PSUs ...........................................................................     
Residential voice PSUs ...........................................................................     
Total residential PSUs .........................................................................     

Business data PSUs .................................................................................     
Business video PSUs ...............................................................................     
Business voice PSUs ...............................................................................     
Total business services PSUs ..............................................................     

Total data PSUs .......................................................................................     
Total video PSUs ....................................................................................     
Total voice PSUs .....................................................................................     
Total PSUs ..........................................................................................     

Residential customer relationships ..........................................................     
Business customer relationships ..............................................................     
Total customer relationships ...............................................................     

777      
248      
89      
1,114      

80      
13      
35      
128      

857      
260      
124      
1,242      

884      
85      
969      

695      
298      
105      
1,098      

78      
16      
35      
129      

773      
314      
139      
1,227      

822      
85      
907      

     Annual Net Gain/(Loss) 
     Change 

     % Change    
11.8  
(17.0) 
(14.8) 
1.4  

82      
(51)     
(15)     
16      

2      
(3)     
1      
(0)     

84      
(54)     
(15)     
15      

61      
0      
62      

2.4  
(18.4) 
1.6  
(0.3) 

10.8  
(17.1) 
(10.7) 
1.2  

7.5  
0.3  
6.8  

In recent years, our customer mix has shifted, causing subscribers to move from triple-play packages combining data, video and voice 
services to single and double-play packages. This is largely because some residential video customers have defected to DBS services and 
OTT offerings and households continue to discontinue residential voice service. In addition, we have focused on selling data-only packages 
to new customers rather than cross-selling video to these customers. Meanwhile, the COVID-19 pandemic and our responses to it have 
accelerated this customer mix shift. 

Use of Nonfinancial Metrics and Average Monthly Revenue per Unit (“ARPU”) 

We use various nonfinancial metrics to measure, manage and monitor our operating performance on an ongoing basis. Such metrics include 
homes passed, PSUs and customer relationships. Homes passed represents the number of serviceable and marketable homes and businesses 
passed by our active plant. A PSU represents a single subscription to a particular service offering. Residential bulk multi-dwelling PSUs 
are classified as residential and are counted at the individual unit level. Business voice customers who have multiple voice lines are counted 
as a single PSU. A customer relationship represents a single customer who subscribes to one or more PSUs. 

We believe homes passed, PSU and customer relationship counts are useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance. Similar 
measures with similar titles are common measures used by investors, analysts and peers to compare performance in our industry, although 
our measures of homes passed, PSUs and customer relationships may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures reported by 
other companies. 

41 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We  use  ARPU  to  evaluate  and  monitor  the  amount  of  revenue  generated  by  each  type  of  service  subscribed  to  by  customers  and  the 
contribution  to  total  revenues  as  well  as  to  analyze  and  compare  growth  patterns.  Residential  ARPU  values  represent  the  applicable 
residential service revenues (excluding installation and activation fees) divided by the corresponding average of the number of PSUs at the 
beginning and end of each period, divided by the number of months in the period, except that for any PSUs added or subtracted as a result 
of an acquisition or divestiture occurring during the period, the associated ARPU values represent the applicable residential service revenues 
(excluding installation and activation fees) divided by the pro-rated average number of PSUs during such period. Business services ARPU 
values represent business services revenues divided by the average of the number of business customer relationships at the beginning and 
end of each period, divided by the number of months in the period, except that for any business customer relationships added or subtracted 
as a result of an acquisition or divestiture occurring during the period, the associated ARPU values represent business services revenues 
divided by the pro-rated average number of business customer relationships during such period. 

We  believe  ARPU  is  useful  to  investors  in  evaluating  our  operating  performance.  ARPU  and  similar  measures  with  similar  titles  are 
common measures used by investors, analysts and peers to compare performance in our industry, although our measure of ARPU may not 
be directly comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. 

2020 Compared to 2019 

Revenues  

Revenues increased $157.2 million, or 13.5%, including a $105.5 million contribution from the incremental operations. The remaining 
increase  was  due  primarily  to  increases  in  organic  residential  data  and  business  services  revenues  of  $74.5  million  and  $13.4  million, 
respectively, partially offset by decreases in organic residential video, residential voice and other revenues. Certain actions we took in 
response to the COVID-19 pandemic, which have generally concluded and included waiving late charges, suspending collection activities 
(which reduced reconnect fees) and temporarily discontinuing charging data overage fees, negatively impacted consolidated revenues by 
$12.3 million during 2020. This negative impact on consolidated revenues, of which $7.4 million was associated with other revenues, was 
more  than  offset  by  a  larger-than-usual  gain  in  residential  data  customers  during  2020  and  the  associated  increase  in  residential  data 
revenues related to the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Revenues by service offering were as follows for 2020 and 2019, together with the percentages of total revenues that each item represented 
for the years presented (dollars in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

2020 vs. 2019 

   Revenues       % of Total       Revenues       % of Total       $ Change 

669,545      
Residential data ...................................    $ 
332,857      
Residential video .................................      
47,603      
Residential voice .................................      
234,657      
Business services.................................      
Other ...................................................      
40,567      
Total revenues .....................................    $  1,325,229      

50.5    $ 
25.1      
3.6      
17.7      
3.1      

547,240      
335,190      
43,521      
204,500      
37,546      
100.0    $  1,167,997      

46.9    $ 
28.7      
3.7      
17.5      
3.2      
100.0    $ 

     % Change    
22.3  
(0.7) 
9.4  
14.7  
8.0  
13.5  

122,305      
(2,333)     
4,082      
30,157      
3,021      
157,232      

Residential data service revenues increased $122.3 million, or 22.3%, due primarily to organic subscriber growth, including a larger-than-
usual subscriber gain as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the incremental operations, a reduction in package discounting and increased 
customer subscriptions to premium tiers. 

Residential video service revenues decreased $2.3 million, or 0.7%, due primarily to an 18.0% year-over-year decrease in residential video 
subscribers,  excluding  the  incremental  operations,  partially  offset  by  revenues  generated  by  the  incremental  operations  and  a  rate 
adjustment. 

Residential voice service revenues increased $4.1 million, or 9.4%, due primarily to the incremental operations, partially offset by an 18.1% 
year-over-year decrease in residential voice subscribers, excluding the incremental operations. 

Business  services  revenues  increased  $30.2  million,  or  14.7%,  due  primarily  to  the  incremental  operations  and  organic  growth  in  our 
business data and voice services to small and medium-sized businesses and enterprise customers. 

42 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Other revenues increased $3.0 million, or 8.0%, due to the incremental operations, partially offset by actions we took in response to the 
COVID-19 pandemic, which have generally concluded and included temporarily waiving late charges and suspending collection activities 
(which reduced reconnect fees). 

ARPU for the indicated service offerings were as follows for 2020 and 2019: 

   Year Ended December 31,      

2020 vs. 2019 

2020 

2019 

     $ Change 

Residential data .......................................................................................   $ 
Residential video .....................................................................................   $ 
Residential voice .....................................................................................   $ 
Business services.....................................................................................   $ 

74.84    $ 
100.67    $ 
40.41    $ 
228.35    $ 

71.86    $ 
93.51    $ 
36.86    $ 
221.90    $ 

Costs and Expenses  

     % Change    
4.1  
7.7  
9.6  
2.9  

2.98      
7.16      
3.55      
6.45      

Operating  expenses  (excluding  depreciation  and  amortization)  were  $418.7  million  for  2020  and  increased  $30.2  million,  or  7.8%, 
compared to 2019. The increase in operating expenses attributable to the incremental operations was $34.8 million. Excluding the expenses 
associated with the incremental operations, operating expenses were $383.9 million for 2020, a decrease of $4.6 million, or 1.2%, compared 
to 2019. This decrease was due primarily to a $15.9 million reduction in programming expenses, partially offset by increases of $6.9 million 
in labor and other compensation-related costs due in part to actions we took in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and $3.9 million in 
repairs and maintenance costs. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues were 31.6% for 2020 compared to 33.3% for 2019. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $255.2 million for 2020 and increased $10.0 million, or 4.1%, compared to 2019. The 
increase in selling, general and administrative expenses attributable to the incremental operations was $20.5 million. Excluding the expenses 
associated with the incremental operations, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $10.4 million, or 4.2%, to $234.7 million 
due primarily to reductions of $5.7 million in acquisition-related costs, $4.6 million in rebranding costs, $3.7 million in health insurance 
costs and $3.5 million in system conversion costs, partially offset by a $10.4 million increase in labor and other compensation-related costs. 
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues were 19.3% and 21.0% for 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $265.7 million for 2020 and increased $49.0 million, or 22.6%, compared to 2019. The increase 
included $35.6 million attributable to the incremental operations as well as new assets placed in service since 2019, partially offset by 
assets that became fully depreciated since 2019. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expense was 20.0% for 2020 
compared to 18.6% for 2019. 

We recognized a net gain on asset sales and disposals of $1.1 million in 2020, which included a $6.6 million non-cash gain on the sale of 
certain tower properties, compared to a $7.2 million net loss on asset sales and disposals in 2019, which included a $1.6 million gain on 
the sale of a non-operating property that housed our former headquarters. 

We also recognized an $82.6 million non-cash gain on sale of business in 2020 in connection with the Anniston Exchange. 

Interest Expense 

Interest  expense  was  $73.6  million  for  2020  and  increased  $1.9  million,  or  2.6%,  compared  to  2019,  driven  primarily  by  additional 
outstanding debt and interest rate swap settlements, partially offset by lower interest rates. 

Other Income (Expense), Net 

We recognized other expense, net, of $16.4 million in 2020, consisting of a $17.5 million non-cash loss on fair value adjustment associated 
with the Call and Put Options to acquire the remaining equity interests in MBI, $6.2 million of debt issuance cost write-offs and $1.2 
million of financing-related fees, partially offset by investment and interest income. We recognized other expense, net, of $4.9 million in 
2019, consisting of a $6.5 million call premium related to the redemption of our Old Notes (as defined below), $4.2 million of debt issuance 
cost write-offs and $0.7 million of financing-related fees, partially offset by interest and investment income. 

43 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Income Tax Provision 

Income tax provision was $76.3 million for 2020 and increased $21.1 million, or 38.2%, compared to 2019 due primarily to an increase in 
income before income taxes and equity method investment earnings of $145.5 million, partially offset by a $13.0 million increase in income 
tax benefits attributable to the net operating loss carryback provision of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act. Our 
effective tax rate was 20.1% and 23.6% for 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Net Income 

Net income was $304.4 million for 2020 compared to $178.6 million for 2019, an increase of $125.8 million. 

Unrealized Loss on Cash Flow Hedges and Other, Net of Tax  

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges and other, net of tax was $72.5 million for 2020 and increased $4.5 million, or 6.6%, compared to 
2019 due primarily to higher unrealized losses on our interest rate swaps. 

Use of Adjusted EBITDA 

We use certain measures that are not defined by GAAP to evaluate various aspects of our business. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP 
financial measure and should be considered in addition to, not as superior to, or as a substitute for, net income reported in accordance with 
GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to net income below. 

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  defined  as  net  income  plus  interest  expense,  income  tax  provision,  depreciation  and  amortization,  equity-based 
compensation, severance expense, (gain) loss on deferred compensation, acquisition-related costs, (gain) loss on asset sales and disposals, 
system conversion costs, rebranding costs, (gain) loss on sale of business, equity method investment earnings, other (income) expense and 
other unusual expenses, as provided in the following table. As such, it eliminates the significant non-cash depreciation and amortization 
expense that results from the capital-intensive nature of our business as well as other non-cash or special items and is unaffected by our 
capital structure or investment activities. This measure is limited in that it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible 
and intangible assets used in generating revenues and our cash cost of debt financing. These costs are evaluated through other financial 
measures. 

We  use  Adjusted  EBITDA  to  assess  our  performance.  In  addition,  Adjusted  EBITDA  generally  correlates  to  the  measure  used  in  the 
leverage ratio calculations under the Third Restatement Agreement and the Indenture governing the New Notes (each as defined below) to 
determine compliance with the covenants contained in the Third Restatement Agreement and the ability to take certain actions under the 
Indenture. Adjusted EBITDA is also a significant performance measure used by us in our annual incentive compensation program. Adjusted 
EBITDA does not take into account cash used for mandatory debt service requirements or other non-discretionary expenditures, and thus 
does not represent residual funds available for discretionary uses. 

   Year Ended December 31,      

2020 vs. 2019 

2019 

     $ Change 

     % Change    
70.4  

125,809      

(dollars in thousands) 
Net income ..............................................................................................   $ 

2020 
304,391    $ 

Plus:   Interest expense ...........................................................................     
Income tax provision ...................................................................     
Depreciation and amortization ....................................................     
Equity-based compensation .........................................................     
Severance expense ......................................................................     
Loss on deferred compensation ...................................................     
Acquisition-related costs .............................................................     
(Gain) loss on asset sales and disposals, net ................................     
System conversion costs ..............................................................     
Rebranding costs .........................................................................     
Gain on sale of business ..............................................................     
Equity method investment earnings ............................................     
Other expense, net .......................................................................     

73,607      
76,317      
265,658      
14,592      
-      
231      
3,873      
(1,072)     
1,350      
2,731      
(82,574)     
(1,376)     
16,411      

178,582    $ 

71,729      
55,233      
216,687      
12,300      
215      
400      
9,590      
7,187      
4,828      
7,294      
-      
-      
4,907      

1,878      
21,084      
48,971      
2,292      
(215)     
(169)     
(5,717)     
(8,259)     
(3,478)     
(4,563)     
(82,574)     
(1,376)     
11,504      

2.6  
38.2  
22.6  
18.6  
(100.0) 
(42.3) 
(59.6) 
(114.9) 
(72.0) 
(62.6) 
100.0  
100.0  
234.4  

Adjusted EBITDA ...................................................................................   $ 

674,139    $ 

568,952    $ 

105,187      

18.5  

44 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures 
with  similar  titles  are  common  measures  used  by  investors,  analysts  and  peers  to  compare  performance  in  our  industry,  although  our 
measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. 

Financial Condition: Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Liquidity 

Our primary funding requirements are for our ongoing operations, capital expenditures, potential acquisitions and strategic investments 
(including the Hargray Acquisition), payments of quarterly dividends and share repurchases. We believe that existing cash balances, our 
Senior Credit Facilities and operating cash flows will provide adequate support for these funding requirements over the next 12 months. 
However,  our  ability  to  fund  operations,  make  capital  expenditures,  make  future  acquisitions  and  strategic  investments,  pay  quarterly 
dividends and make share repurchases depends on future operating performance and cash flows, which, in turn, are subject to prevailing 
economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, some of which are 
beyond our control. 

As part of our 45% minority equity interest in MBI, we acquired the Call Option to purchase all but not less than all of the remaining equity 
interests in MBI that we do not already own, which is exercisable at any time between January 1, 2023 and June 30, 2024. If we do not 
exercise the Call Option, then investors affiliated with GTCR may exercise the Put Option under which we are obligated to purchase all 
but not less than all of the direct and indirect equity interests in MBI that we do not already own from all members of MBI other than us, 
which is exercisable at any time between July 1, 2025 through September 30, 2025. The purchase price payable upon the exercise of the 
Call Option or the Put Option, as applicable, will be calculated under a formula based on a multiple of MBI’s adjusted EBITDA. We have 
not yet obtained the capital that we believe will be necessary to pay the purchase price if either the Call Option or the Put Option are 
exercised. 

In light of the volatility in the debt markets resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic as well as our desire to enhance our flexibility in 
pursuing acquisitions and strategic investments, in May 2020, we completed a public offering of 287,500 shares of our common stock (the 
“Public Offering”) and raised $469.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses. 

The following table shows a summary of our net cash flows for the years indicated (dollars in thousands): 

   Year Ended December 31,      

2020 vs. 2019 

2020 

2019 

     $ Change 

Net cash provided by operating activities ...............................................   $ 
Net cash used in investing activities ........................................................     
Net cash provided by financing activities ...............................................     
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ....................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ......................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ................................................   $ 

574,371    $ 
(954,913)     
830,180      
449,638      
125,271      
574,909    $ 

491,741    $ 
(1,134,242)     
503,659      
(138,842)     
264,113      
125,271    $ 

     % Change    
16.8  
(15.8) 
64.8  
NM  
(52.6) 
NM  

82,630      
179,329      
326,521      
588,480      
(138,842)     
449,638      

NM = Not meaningful. 

The $82.6 million year-over-year increase in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to an increase in Adjusted 
EBITDA of $105.2 million, lower cash paid for rebranding costs and acquisition costs and a notes redemption call premium paid in the 
second quarter of 2019, partially offset by higher cash paid for taxes and an unfavorable change in accounts payable. 

The $179.3 million decrease in net cash used in investing activities from the prior year was due primarily to $883.4 million of net cash 
outflows related to the Clearwave and Fidelity acquisitions in 2019, partially offset by 2020 activities that included $612.1 million of equity 
investments,  a  $44.7 million  increase  in cash  paid  for capital  expenditures,  $38.3  million  of  net  cash  outflows  related  to the Valu-Net 
acquisition and lower proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment. 

The $326.5 million increase in net cash provided by financing activities from the prior year was due primarily to $469.8 million of net 
proceeds from the Public Offering in the second quarter of 2020 and $90.9 million of lower debt payments, partially offset by a $228.2 
million reduction in net debt borrowings compared to 2019. 

On July 1, 2015, the Board authorized up to $250.0 million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares of our common 
stock). Purchases under the share repurchase program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated 
transactions.  The  size  and  timing  of  these  purchases  are  based  on  a  number  of  factors,  including  share  price  and  business  and  market 
conditions.  Since  the  inception  of  the  share  repurchase  program  through  the  end  of  2020,  we  have  repurchased  210,631  shares  of our 
common stock at an aggregate cost of $104.9 million. No shares were repurchased during 2020. 

We currently expect to continue to pay comparable quarterly cash dividends on shares of our common stock, subject to approval of the 
Board. During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Board approved a quarterly dividend of $2.50 per share of common stock, which was paid 

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
on December 11, 2020. On February 2, 2021, the Board approved a quarterly dividend of $2.50 per share of common stock to be paid on 
March 5, 2021 to holders of record as of February 16, 2021. 

Financing Activity 

As of December 31, 2020, we had $1.5 billion of aggregate outstanding term loan borrowings, $650.0 million of aggregate outstanding 
New Notes, $29.6 million of letter of credit issuances and $470.4 million available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility (the 
“Revolving  Credit  Facility”).  A  summary  of  our  outstanding  term  loan  borrowings  as  of  December  31,  2020  is  as  follows  (dollars  in 
thousands): 

Instrument 
Term Loan A-2 ..  

Original  
Principal 

Draw  
Date(s) 
5/8/2019(3) 
10/1/2019(3)    
1/7/2019 
6/14/2019(5) 
10/30/2020(5)      
Total ...................................    $  1,575,000       

250,000       
625,000 

700,000 

$ 

Term Loan B-2 ..    
Term Loan B-3 ..  

Amortization  
Per Annum(1)      
   Varies(4) 

$ 

Outstanding  
Principal 

676,611 

Final  
Maturity  
Date 
10/30/2025 

Balance  
Due Upon  
Maturity 

$ 

476,607 

Benchmark  
Rate 
LIBOR 

Applicable  
Margin(2)      
1.50% 

Interest 
Rate 
1.65% 

1.0% 
1.0% 

245,625    10/30/2027      
619,385 

10/30/2027 

228,750    LIBOR 
LIBOR 
577,472 

2.00% 
2.00% 

       2.15%    
2.15% 

      $ 

1,541,621     

  $  1,282,829     

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 
(4) 
(5) 

Payable in equal quarterly installments (expressed as a percentage of the original principal amount and subject to customary adjustments in the event of any prepayment). 
All loans may be prepaid at any time without penalty or premium (subject to customary London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) breakage provisions). 
The term “A-2” loan tranche (the “Term Loan A-2”) interest rate spread can vary between 1.25% and 1.75%, determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing grid 
based on our Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Third Restatement Agreement). All other applicable margins are fixed. 
On May 8, 2019, $250.0 million was drawn. On October 1, 2019, an additional $450.0 million was drawn. On October 30, 2020, the amortization schedule was reset. 
Per annum amortization rates for years one through five following the October 30, 2020 refinancing date are 2.5%, 2.5%, 5.0%, 7.5% and 12.5%, respectively. 
On June 14, 2019, $325.0 million was drawn. On October 30, 2020, an additional $300.0 million was drawn. 

Credit Facility 

In January 2020, we issued letters of credit totaling $22.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility on behalf of Wisper to guarantee its 
performance obligations under an FCC broadband funding program. These letters of credit were amended in January 2021 to increase the 
total to $33.0 million. The fair value of the letters of credit approximates face value based on the short-term nature of the agreements. We 
would be liable for up to the total amount outstanding under the letters of credit if Wisper were to fail to satisfy all or some of its performance 
obligations under the FCC program. Wisper pledged certain assets in favor of us as collateral for issuing the letters of credit, which pledge 
was terminated in the third quarter of 2020 at the same time that we closed an equity investment in Wisper, and Wisper has guaranteed and 
indemnified us in connection with such letters of credit. As of December 31, 2020, we have assessed the likelihood of non-performance 
associated with the guarantee to be remote, and therefore, no liability has been accrued within the consolidated balance sheet. 

In  March  2020,  we  borrowed  $100.0  million  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  for  general  corporate  purposes,  including  for  small 
acquisitions and investments. The outstanding balance was repaid in full in May 2020 using a portion of the net proceeds from the Public 
Offering. Letter of credit issuances under the Revolving Credit Facility totaled $29.6 million at December 31, 2020, including the $22.0 
million issued on behalf of Wisper, and were held for the benefit of performance obligations under government grant programs and certain 
general and liability insurance matters and bore interest at a rate of 1.63% per annum. 

In May 2020, we completed the Public Offering of 287,500 shares of our common stock for total net proceeds of $469.8 million, after 
deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses. We used a portion of the net proceeds to repay in full our outstanding borrowings 
of $100.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility in May 2020 and we used the remainder for general corporate purposes, including 
for acquisitions and strategic investments. 

In  October  2020,  we  and  certain  of  our  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  entered  into  a  Third  Restatement  Agreement  with  JPMorgan,  as 
administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto to amend and restate the second amended and restated credit agreement among us and 
our lenders (the “Credit Agreement” and as restated, the “Third Restatement Agreement”). The Third Restatement Agreement amended 
the Credit Agreement to, among other things, (i) upsize our term “B-3” loan tranche (the “Term Loan B-3”) by $300.0 million (the “TLB-
3 Upsize”) and extend the scheduled maturity of each of our term “B-2” loan tranche (the “Term Loan B-2”) and the Term Loan B-3 to 
October 30, 2027, (ii) increase the aggregate principal amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility by $150.0 million to 
$500.0 million and extend the scheduled maturity of each of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan A-2 to October 30, 2025 and 
(iii) reset the amortization schedule of the Term Loan A-2 so that the Term Loan A-2 will amortize in equal quarterly installments following 
the date of the amendment and restatement at a rate (expressed as a percentage of the outstanding principal amount on October 30, 2020) 
of 2.5% per annum for each of the first two years, 5.0% per annum for the third year, 7.5% per annum for the fourth year and 12.5% per 
annum for the fifth year (in each case subject to customary adjustments in the event of any prepayment), with the balance due upon maturity. 
Except as described above, the Third Restatement Agreement did not make any material changes to the terms of the Term Loan A-2, the 
Term Loan B-2, the Term Loan B-3 or the Revolving Credit Facility. We used the net proceeds from the TLB-3 Upsize, together with cash 
on hand, to repay all $483.8 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding term “B-1” loan tranche. 

46 

   
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
      
  
    
      
    
  
      
      
  
    
  
    
      
  
    
        
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
The  Third  Restatement  Agreement  contains  customary  representations,  warranties  and  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including 
limitations on indebtedness, liens, restricted payments, prepayments of certain indebtedness, investments, dispositions of assets, restrictions 
on subsidiary distributions and negative pledge clauses, fundamental changes, transactions with affiliates and amendments to organizational 
documents. The Third Restatement Agreement also requires that we maintain specified ratios of total net indebtedness and first lien net 
indebtedness to consolidated operating cash flow. The Third Restatement Agreement also contains customary events of default, including 
non-payment  of  principal,  interest,  fees  or  other  amounts,  material  inaccuracy  of  any  representation  or  warranty,  failure  to  observe  or 
perform any covenant, default in respect of our and our restricted subsidiaries’’ other material debt, bankruptcy or insolvency, the entry 
against us or any of our restricted subsidiaries of a material judgment, the occurrence of certain ERISA events, impairment of the loan 
documentation and the occurrence of a change of control. 

Senior Notes 

In November 2020, we completed a private offering of $650.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.00% senior notes due 2030 (the 
“New Notes”). We used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to fund the investment in MBI and expect to use the remainder for 
general corporate purposes, which may include additional acquisitions and strategic investments. The terms of the New Notes are governed 
by an indenture dated as of November 9, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New 
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. 

The New Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.00% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, 
beginning on May 15, 2021. The New Notes are required to be guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of our existing and future 
wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantees our obligations under the Third Restatement Agreement or that guarantees certain 
capital markets debt of ours or a guarantor in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $250.0 million. 

At any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2025, we may redeem some or all of the New Notes for cash at a redemption 
price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus the “make-whole” premium described in the Indenture and accrued and unpaid interest, 
if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. Beginning on November 15, 2025, we may redeem some or all of the New Notes 
at any time and from time to time at the applicable redemption prices listed in the Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, 
but excluding, the applicable redemption date. In addition, at any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2023, we may redeem 
up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds 
from one or more equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 104% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, 
if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. 

Upon the occurrence of certain change of control events specified in the Indenture, we are required to offer to repurchase all of the New 
Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase. 

The Indenture contains covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, limit (i) our ability and the ability of our 
subsidiaries to incur any liens securing indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) our ability to consolidate or merge with or into another 
person or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets (taken as a whole) and (iii) the ability of the 
guarantors to consolidate with or merge with or into another person. 

The Indenture provides for customary events of default which include (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), among 
others, nonpayment of principal or interest, breach of other agreements or covenants in respect of the New Notes, failure to pay certain 
other  indebtedness  at  final  maturity, acceleration  of  certain  indebtedness  prior  to final  maturity,  failure  to  pay certain  final  judgments, 
failure of certain guarantees to be enforceable and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency. 

47 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Other Debt-Related Information 

We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2020. 

In connection with various financing transactions completed during 2020 and 2019, we capitalized $15.1 million and $11.8 million of debt 
issuance costs and wrote-off $6.2 million and $4.2 million of existing unamortized debt issuance costs. We recorded debt issuance cost 
amortization of $4.3 million and $4.6 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively, within interest expense in the consolidated statements of 
operations and comprehensive income. 

Unamortized debt issuance costs consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Revolving Credit Facility portion: 

Other noncurrent assets ..............................................................................................................   $ 

3,249     $ 

2,427   

Term loans and New Notes portion: 

Long-term debt (contra account) ................................................................................................     
Total .......................................................................................................................................   $ 

21,897       
25,146     $ 

18,142   
20,569   

During the first quarter of 2019, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements in order to convert our interest payment obligations 
with respect to an aggregate of $1.2 billion of our variable rate LIBOR indebtedness to a fixed rate. Under the first swap agreement effective 
in March 2019, with respect to a notional amount of $850.0 million, our monthly payment obligation is determined at a fixed base rate of 
2.653%.  Under  the  second  swap  agreement  effective  in  June  2020,  with  respect  to  a  notional  amount  of  $350.0  million,  our  monthly 
payment obligation is determined at a fixed base rate of 2.739%. Both interest rate swap agreements are scheduled to mature in the first 
quarter of 2029 but each may be terminated prior to the scheduled maturity at our election or that of the financial institution counterparty 
under the terms provided in each swap agreement. We recognized losses of $22.5 million and $3.1 million on interest rate swaps for 2020 
and  2019,  respectively,  which  were  reflected  in  interest  expense  within  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive 
income. 

Refer to notes 10 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements for further details regarding our financing activity, outstanding debt and 
interest rate swaps. 

Capital Expenditures  

We  have  significant  ongoing  capital  expenditure  requirements  as  well  as  capital  enhancements  associated  with  acquired  operations, 
including  rebuilding  low-capacity  markets;  reclaiming  bandwidth  from  analog  video  services;  implementing  32-channel  bonding; 
deploying DOCSIS 3.1; converting back office functions such as billing, accounting and service provisioning; migrating products to legacy 
Cable One platforms; and expanding our high-capacity fiber network. Capital expenditures are funded primarily by cash on hand and cash 
flows from operating activities. 

Our capital expenditures by category for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows (in thousands): 

Customer premise equipment(1) ......................................................................................................   $ 
Commercial(2) .................................................................................................................................     
Scalable infrastructure(3) .................................................................................................................     
Line extensions(4) ...........................................................................................................................     
Upgrade/rebuild(5) ..........................................................................................................................     
Support capital(6) ............................................................................................................................     
Total ...........................................................................................................................................   $ 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 
2020 

70,554     $ 
48,019       
37,039       
19,746       
61,330       
56,541       
293,229     $ 

57,378   
45,424   
44,823   
17,469   
37,144   
60,114   
262,352   

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

(4) 

(5) 
(6) 

Customer premise equipment includes costs incurred at customer locations, including installation costs and customer premise equipment (e.g., modems and set-top boxes).
Commercial includes costs related to securing business services customers and PSUs, including small and medium-sized businesses and enterprise customers. 
Scalable infrastructure  includes  costs not related to  customer premise equipment to secure growth of new  customers and  PSUs  or  provide  service  enhancements  (e.g.,
headend equipment). 
Line  extensions  include  network  costs  associated  with  entering  new  service  areas  (e.g.,  fiber/coaxial  cable,  amplifiers,  electronic  equipment,  make-ready  and  design 
engineering). 
Upgrade/rebuild includes costs to modify or replace existing fiber/coaxial cable networks, including betterments. 
Support capital includes costs associated with the replacement or enhancement of non-network assets due to technological and physical obsolescence (e.g., non-network 
equipment, land, buildings and vehicles) and capitalized internal labor costs not associated with customer installation activities. 

48 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
   
 
 
Contractual Obligations and Contingent Commitments 

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31,  
2021 .............................................................................   $ 
2022 .............................................................................     
2023 .............................................................................     
2024 .............................................................................     
2025 .............................................................................     
Thereafter .....................................................................     
Total .....................................................................   $ 

Programming  
Purchase  
Commitments(1)      

Debt  
Lease  
Payments(3)     
Payments(2)     
25,731    $ 
5,266    $ 
29,986      
4,298      
47,008      
3,755      
68,285      
2,306      
549,147      
1,796      
9,981       1,471,464      
27,402    $  2,191,621    $ 

138,582    $ 
55,119      
35,992      
15,763      
3,749      
-      
249,205    $ 

Other  
Purchase  
Obligations(4)     

Total 

22,920    $ 
9,691      
4,517      
847      
503      

192,499  
99,094  
91,272  
87,201  
555,195  
6,775       1,488,220  
45,253    $  2,513,481  

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

Programming  purchase  commitments  represent  contracts  that  we  have  with  cable  television  networks  and  broadcast  stations  to  provide  programming  services  to  our 
subscribers.  The  amounts  reported  represent  estimates  of  the  future  programming  costs  for  these  purchase  commitments  based  on  estimated  subscriber  numbers,  tier 
placements as of December 31, 2020 and the per-subscriber rates contained in the contracts. Actual amounts due under such contracts may differ from the amounts above
based on the actual subscriber numbers and tier placements at the time. Programming purchases pursuant to non-binding commitments are not reflected in the amounts
shown. 
Lease payments include payment obligations related to our outstanding finance and operating lease arrangements as of December 31, 2020. 
Debt payments include principal repayment obligations for our outstanding debt instruments as of December 31, 2020. 
Other purchase obligations include purchase obligations related to capital projects and other legally binding commitments. Other purchase orders made in the ordinary 
course of business are excluded from the amounts shown but are included within accounts payable and accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. 

We incur the following costs as part of our operations, however, they are not included within the contractual obligations table above for 
the reasons discussed below: 

   (cid:404)  We rent space on utility poles in order to provide our services to certain subscribers. Generally, pole rentals are cancellable on 
short notice. However, we anticipate that such rentals will recur. Rent expense for pole attachments was $10.5 million and $9.5 
million for 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

   (cid:404) 

Fees imposed on us by various governmental authorities, including franchise fees, are passed through monthly to our customers 
and are periodically remitted to authorities. These fees were $25.2 million and $22.7 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively. As 
we act as principal in these arrangements, these fees are reported in video and voice revenues on a gross basis with corresponding 
expenses included within operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

   (cid:404)  We have franchise agreements requiring plant construction and the provision of services to customers within the franchise areas. 
In connection with these obligations under existing franchise agreements, we obtain surety bonds or letters of credit guaranteeing 
performance to municipalities and public utilities and payment of insurance premiums. Such surety bonds and letters of credit 
totaled $31.6 million and $18.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Payments under these arrangements are 
required only in the remote event of nonperformance. We do not expect that these contingent commitments will result in any 
amounts being paid. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or financing arrangements with special-purpose entities. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, assumptions and 
judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and 
assumptions. We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the 
results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from 
other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates. 

49 

  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it is important to our results of operations and financial condition and if it requires 
management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments in its application. For a summary of all our significant accounting policies, 
see note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Long-lived Assets 

A long-lived asset or asset group is tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
may not be recoverable. Indicators of impairment may include: 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

   (cid:404) 

a significant decrease in the market value of the asset; 

a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used or a significant change in the physical condition of the asset; 

a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of an asset, including an adverse 
action or assessment by a regulator; 

an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected to acquire or construct an asset; 

a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast 
that demonstrates continuing losses associated with an asset; and 

a current expectation that, more likely than not, an asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its 
estimated useful life. 

When an indicator of impairment is determined, the first step is to identify the future intent of the asset or asset group: hold for continued 
use,  hold  for  sale  or  dispose  by  a  means  other  than  sale.  If  the  asset  is  held  for  continued  use  and  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the 
undiscounted sum of cash flows expected from the use and eventual disposition of the property, the impairment loss is recognized as the 
difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset or asset group, and the new cost basis is depreciated over 
the remaining useful life of the asset. If the intent is to hold the asset for sale and certain other criteria are met (e.g., the asset can be disposed 
of currently, appropriate levels of authority have approved the sale and there is an active program to locate a buyer), the impairment test 
involves comparing the asset’s carrying value to its estimated fair value less disposal costs. To the extent the carrying value is greater than 
the asset’s estimated fair value less disposal costs, an impairment charge is recognized for the difference. If the asset is to be disposed by a 
means other than sale, the depreciation estimates are revised to reflect the use of the asset over its shortened useful life. 

Significant judgments in this area involve determining whether an event has occurred, determining the future cash flows for the assets 
involved and selecting the appropriate discount rate to be applied in determining estimated fair value. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

We have a significant amount of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets that are reviewed at least annually for impairment. These 
balances were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets .............................................................................   $ 
Total assets .....................................................................................................................................   $ 
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as a percentage of total assets ..............................     

1,417,755     $ 
4,488,338     $ 
31.6%     

1,414,668  
3,151,831  

44.9% 

Goodwill Reporting Unit. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of identifiable net assets 
acquired in a business combination and represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from anticipated synergies and intangible 
assets  acquired  that  do  not  qualify  for  separate  recognition,  including  an  assembled  workforce,  noncontractual  relationships  and  other 
agreements. We assess the recoverability of our goodwill as of October 1st of each year, or more frequently whenever events or substantive 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a reporting unit may exceed its fair value. 

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

50 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
We  test  goodwill  for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level,  which  was  historically  established  at  the  geographic  division  level.  We 
reevaluate the determination of our reporting units used to test for impairment periodically or whenever events or substantive changes in 
circumstances occur. Effective in the second quarter of 2020, as a result of progress made in our staged rebranding initiative and the further 
alignment of service offerings and product pricing for recent acquisitions with our legacy business, we reevaluated the basis of our goodwill 
reporting units and identified a single goodwill reporting unit based on the chief operating decision maker’s current performance monitoring 
and resource allocation process and the similarity of our geographic divisions. 

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets Units of Account. Our intangible assets with an indefinite life are from franchise agreements that we have 
with  state  and  local  governments  and  certain  trade  names.  Franchise  agreements  allow  us  to  contract  and  operate  our  business  within 
specified geographic areas. We expect our franchise agreements to provide us with substantial benefit for a period that extends beyond the 
foreseeable horizon, and we have historically obtained renewals and extensions of such agreements without material modifications to the 
agreements for nominal costs, and these costs are expensed as incurred. We currently expect to utilize certain of our trade names for a 
period that extends beyond the foreseeable horizon and expect the cost to maintain such asset to be nominal. 

We assess the recoverability of our indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 1st of each year, or more frequently whenever events or 
substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. The unit of accounting for our franchise agreements was 
historically established at the geographic division level. We reevaluate the unit of accounting used to test for impairment periodically or 
whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances occur to ensure impairment testing is performed at an appropriate level. Effective 
in the second quarter of 2020, as a result of progress made in our staged rebranding initiative and the further alignment of service offerings 
and product pricing for recent acquisitions with our legacy business, we reevaluated the basis of our franchise agreements unit of accounting 
for use in impairment assessments and identified a single unit of accounting for franchise agreements based on a reevaluation of our current 
operations and the use of our assets. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Our industry is capital intensive, and a significant portion of our resources is spent on capital activities associated with extending, rebuilding 
and upgrading our network. The following tables present certain information regarding our net property, plant and equipment and our cash 
paid for property, plant and equipment for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands): 

Property, plant and equipment, net .................................................................................................   $ 
Total assets .....................................................................................................................................   $ 
Property, plant and equipment, net as a percentage of total assets .................................................     

1,265,460     $ 
4,488,338     $ 
28.2%     

2020 

2019 
1,201,271  
3,151,831  

38.1% 

As of December 31, 

Year Ended December 31, 
2020 ................................................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2019 ................................................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2018 ................................................................................................................................................................................    $ 

Cash Paid for  
Property, Plant  
and Equipment   
302,517  
257,841  
215,761  

Property, plant and equipment represents the costs incurred in the design, construction and implementation of plant, infrastructure and 
capacity improvements and upgrades. Costs associated with the installation and upgrade of services and the acquiring and deploying of 
customer  premise  equipment,  including  materials,  internal  and  external  labor  costs  and  related  indirect  and  overhead  costs,  are  also 
capitalized. 

51 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Capitalized labor costs include the direct costs of engineers and technical personnel involved in the design and implementation of plant and 
infrastructure; the costs of technicians involved in the installation and upgrades of services and customer premise equipment; and the costs 
of support personnel directly involved in capitalizable activities, such as project managers and supervisors. These costs are capitalized 
based  on  internally  developed  standards  by  position  which  are  updated  annually  (or  more  frequently  if  required).  These  standards  are 
developed  utilizing  a  combination  of  actual  costs  incurred  where  applicable,  survey  information,  operational  data  and  management 
judgment. Overhead costs are capitalized based on standards developed from historical information. Indirect and overhead costs include 
payroll taxes; insurance and other benefits; and vehicle, tool and supply expense related to installation activities. Costs for repairs and 
maintenance, disconnecting service or reconnecting service are expensed as incurred. 

The  estimated  useful  lives  assigned  to  our  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  reviewed  on  an  annual  basis  or  more  frequently  if 
circumstances warrant and such lives are revised to the extent necessary due to changing facts and circumstances. Any changes in estimated 
useful lives are reflected prospectively. 

Business Combination Purchase Price Allocation 

The application of the acquisition method requires the allocation of the purchase price amongst the acquisition date fair values of identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Fair values are determined using the income approach, market approach 
and/or cost approach depending on the nature of the asset or liability being valued and the reliability of available information. The income 
approach estimates fair value by discounting associated lifetime expected future cash flows to their present value and relies on significant 
assumptions regarding future revenues, expenses, working capital levels and discount rates. The market approach estimates fair value by 
analyzing recent actual market transactions for similar assets or liabilities. The cost approach estimates fair value based on the expected 
cost to replace or reproduce the asset or liability and relies on assumptions regarding the occurrence and extent of any physical, functional 
and/or economic obsolescence. 

Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

Recent accounting pronouncements which may be applicable to us are described in note 2 to our consolidated financial statements. 

ITEM 7A.  

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Market  risk  is  the  potential  loss  arising  from  changes  in  market  rates  and  prices.  As  of  December  31,  2020,  our  market  risk  sensitive 
instruments consisted of our senior credit facilities and interest rate swaps, as each is described within the section entitled “Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations—Financial  Condition:  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources—
Financing Activity” and notes 10 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements. None of these instruments were entered into for trading 
purposes and all instruments relate to the interest rate risk exposure category. 

Outstanding borrowings under our senior credit facilities, which bear interest, at our option, at a rate per annum determined by reference 
to either LIBOR or a base rate, in each case plus an applicable interest rate margin, were approximately $2.2 billion at December 31, 2020. 
We are also party to two interest rate swap agreements to effectively convert the variable rate interest to fixed base rates of 2.653% and 
2.739% for $850.0 million and $350.0 million of such outstanding debt, respectively. Based on the principal outstanding under our senior 
credit facilities with exposure to LIBOR at December 31, 2020, assuming, hypothetically, that the LIBOR applicable to the senior credit 
facilities was 100 basis points higher, our annual interest expense would have increased $3.4 million. 

Additionally, as of December 31, 2020, we had $650.0 million aggregate principal amount of the New Notes outstanding. Although the 
New Notes are based on a fixed rate, changes in interest rates could impact the fair market value of such notes. As of December 31, 2020, 
the fair market value of the New Notes was $669.5 million. 

As of December 31, 2019, outstanding borrowings under our senior credit facilities were approximately $1.8 billion and the notional amount 
of our effective interest rate swap agreement was $850.0 million. Based on the principal then-outstanding under our senior credit facilities 
with exposure to LIBOR at December 31, 2019, assuming, hypothetically, that the LIBOR applicable to the senior credit facilities was 100 
basis points higher, our annual interest expense would have been $9.0 million higher in 2019. 

52 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 8.  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Our consolidated financial statements, the related notes thereto and the report of the independent registered public accounting firm are 
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1 and are incorporated by reference herein. 

Quarterly tabular disclosures are no longer required because we have early adopted the amendment to Regulation S-K Item 302. 

ITEM 9.  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated 
the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the 
Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2020, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on such evaluation, 
the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company’s 
disclosure controls and procedures were effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, within the time periods specified 
in the SEC’s rules and forms, information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange 
Act and were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the 
Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially 
affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such 
term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is 
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records 
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting  principles  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  Company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of 
management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, 
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

The Company’s management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2020. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the results of this assessment, management has 
concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on these criteria. 

The  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2020  has  been  audited  by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report beginning on page F-2 of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 9B.  

OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

53 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PART III 

ITEM 10.  

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this item will be included in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 
days after our year ended December 31, 2020 in connection with our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2021 Proxy Statement”), 
or in amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 11.  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2021 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual Report on Form  
10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2021 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual Report on Form  
10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13.  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2021 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual Report on Form  
10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2021 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual Report on Form  
10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 15.  

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)  Documents filed as part of this report: 

PART IV 

(1)  Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements listed on the index set forth on page F-1 of this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules have been omitted since the information is either not applicable 

or required or is included in the financial statements or notes thereof. 

(b)  Exhibits. 

Exhibit 
Number  Description 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

2.4 

2.5 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, by and between Graham Holdings Company and Cable 
One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on 
June 18, 2015). 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 17, 2017, by and among Cable One, Inc., RBI Holding LLC, Frequency 
Merger Sub, LLC, RBI Blocker Corp., RBI Blocker Holdings LLC, and GTCR-RBI, LLC, solely in its capacity as the 
equityholder representative (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Cable 
One, Inc. filed on January 20, 2017). 

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2019, by and among Cable One, Inc. and Fidelity Communications Co. 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 
10, 2019). 

Equity  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  September  28,  2020,  by  and  among  Cable  One,  Inc.,  Mega  Broadband 
Investments Holdings LLC, Mega Broadband Splitter, LP, Mega Broadband Blocker, Inc., and GTCR Fund XII/C LP 
(incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  2.1  to  the  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  of  Cable  One,  Inc.  filed  on 
November 6, 2020). 

Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger,  dated  as  of  February  12,  2021,  by  and  among  Cable  One,  Inc.,  Hargray  Acquisition 
Holdings, LLC, Lighthouse Merger Sub LLC, and TPO-Hargray, LLC, in its capacity as the equityholders’ representative 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 
16, 2021). 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to 
the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 18, 2020). 

Amended and Restated By-laws of Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Current Report 
on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on July 1, 2015). 

Description of securities of Cable One, Inc. registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.* 

Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2020, by and among Cable One, Inc., the guarantors from time to time party thereto 
and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (including Form of 4.00% Senior Notes due 2030) 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on November 
9, 2020). 

Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, by and between Graham Holdings Company and Cable One, Inc. 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 18, 
2015). 

Cable One, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 11, 2015).+ 

Cable One, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 11, 2015).+ 

55 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

Form  of  Stock  Appreciation  Right  Agreement for  grants  during  2015  and  2016  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on August 10, 2015).+ 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants during 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 
to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2017).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during  2017  (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2017).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based restricted stock grants during 2017 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2017).+ 

Second  Restatement  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  8,  2019,  among  Cable  One,  Inc.,  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries, 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 9, 2019). 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 15, 2019, to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among Cable 
One, Inc., the lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 28, 2020). 

Amended and Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.15 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for grants during 2017 through 2019 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 4, 2017).+ 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants during 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 
to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during  2018  (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  time-based  proportional-vest  restricted  stock  grants  during  2018 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 
1, 2018).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based cliff-vest restricted stock grants during 2018 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 28, 2019).+ 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants in lieu of annual cash fees during 
2018 and 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Steven  S.  Cochran  Offer  Letter  dated  July  2,  2018  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on November 8, 2018).+ 

Peter N. Witty Offer Letter dated February 12, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 10, 2019).+ 

56 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants during 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 
to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 28, 2019).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during  2019 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 28, 2019).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  time-based  proportional-vest  restricted  stock  grants  during 
2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on 
February 28, 2019).+ 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants during 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 
to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 28, 2020).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during  2020 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 28, 2020).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  time-based  proportional-vest  restricted  stock  grants  during 
2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on 
February 28, 2020).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based cliff-vest restricted stock grants during 2020 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 28, 2020).+ 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for annual equity grants beginning in 2020 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on August 
7, 2020).+ 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants in lieu of annual cash fees beginning 
in 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed 
on August 7, 2020).+ 

Third  Restatement  Agreement,  dated  as  of  October  30,  2020,  among  Cable  One,  Inc.,  certain  of  its  wholly  owned 
subsidiaries  party  thereto,  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  administrative  agent,  and  the  lenders  party  thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on October 
30, 2020). 

10.29 

Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of November 12, 2020, by and among 
Mega Broadband Investments Holdings LLC, Cable One, Inc., and the other unitholders party thereto.*† 

21.1 

List of subsidiaries of Cable One, Inc.* 

23.1 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.* 

24.1 

Power of Attorney (included on Signatures page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).* 

31.1 

31.2 

32 

Principal Executive Officer Certification required by Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

Principal Financial Officer Certification required by Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** 

57 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
101.INS 

Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL
tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document). 

101.SCH 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.* 

101.CAL 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.* 

101.DEF 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.* 

101.LAB 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.* 

101.PRE 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.* 

104 

The cover page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in Inline XBRL 
(included within the Exhibit 101 attachments). 

* 
Filed herewith. 
**  Furnished herewith. 
+  Management contract or compensatory arrangement. 
†  Certain information of the exhibit (indicated by “[***]”) has been excluded as the Company has determined the omitted information 

(i) is not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Company if publicly disclosed. 

ITEM 16.  

FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

58 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date: February 25, 2021 

CABLE ONE, INC. 
(Registrant) 

By: 

/s/ Julia M. Laulis 
Julia M. Laulis 
  Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Julia M. Laulis and 
Steven  S.  Cochran,  and  each  of  them,  his  or  her  true  and  lawful  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents,  with  full  power  of  substitution  and 
resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each 
and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her 
substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf 
of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

/s/ Julia M. Laulis 
Julia M. Laulis 

/s/ Steven S. Cochran 
Steven S. Cochran 

/s/ Brad D. Brian 
Brad D. Brian 

/s/ Thomas S. Gayner 
Thomas S. Gayner 

/s/ Deborah J. Kissire 
Deborah J. Kissire 

/s/ Mary E. Meduski 
Mary E. Meduski 

/s/ Thomas O. Might 
Thomas O. Might 

/s/ Kristine E. Miller 
Kristine E. Miller 

/s/ Sherrese M. Smith 
Sherrese M. Smith 

/s/ Wallace R. Weitz 
Wallace R. Weitz 

/s/ Katharine B. Weymouth 
Katharine B. Weymouth 

Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
  (Principal Executive Officer) 

Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

S-1 

Date 

February 25, 2021 

February 25, 2021 

February 25, 2021 

February 25, 2021 

February 25, 2021 

February 25, 2021 

February 25, 2021 

February 25, 2021 

February 25, 2021 

February 25, 2021 

February 25, 2021 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
This page intentionally left blank

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ................................................................................................................  F-2 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 ......................................................................................................  F-5 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 .......  F-6 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 ....................................  F-7 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 ...................................................  F-8 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements .................................................................................................................................  F-9 

Page 

F-1 

  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cable One, Inc. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cable One, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 
31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash 
flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2020,  including  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the 
“consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2020,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, 
the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on 
criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. 

Basis for Opinions 

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over 
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report 
on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting  appearing  under  Item  9A.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  opinions  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting based  on  our audits. We are a public 
accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are  required  to  be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or 
fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

Our  audits  of the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the 
consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits 
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the 
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures 
as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

F-2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Critical Audit Matters 

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements 
that  were  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that  (i)  relate  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are 
material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  (ii)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex  judgments.  The 
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, 
and  we are  not, by  communicating  the critical audit  matters  below,  providing  separate  opinions  on  the  critical audit matters  or  on  the 
accounts or disclosures to which they relate. 

Capitalization of Internal Labor Costs 

As described in Notes 2 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, capitalized labor costs include the direct costs of engineers and 
technical  personnel  involved  in  the  design  and  implementation  of  plant  and  infrastructure;  the  costs  of  technicians  involved  in  the 
installation and upgrades of services and customer premise equipment; and the costs of support personnel directly involved in capitalizable 
activities. These costs are capitalized based on internally developed standards by position, which are updated annually (or more frequently 
if  required).  These  standards  are  developed  utilizing  a  combination  of  actual  costs  incurred,  survey  information,  operational  data  and 
management judgment. Capitalized labor costs represent a portion of the consolidated balance of property, plant and equipment, net of $1.3 
billion as of December 31, 2020. 

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to capitalization of internal labor costs is a critical 
audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management in determining the internal labor costs to be capitalized and (ii) a high degree 
of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to the determination of internal 
labor costs to be capitalized related to survey responses and operational data.  

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on 
the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to capitalization of internal 
labor costs, including controls over the internal labor costs to be capitalized. These procedures also included, among others (i) evaluating 
the appropriateness of management’s process for determining the standard labor costs by position, (ii) testing the data inputs related to 
payroll and benefits, and (iii) evaluating the reasonableness of the factors considered by management related to survey responses received 
and the analysis of operational data. Evaluating the reasonableness of the factors involved evaluating whether the factors were consistent 
with information contained in the survey responses received and the expected time spent on capitalizable activities. 

Valuation of the Hargray Investment  

As  described  in  Note  6  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  contributed its  Anniston,  Alabama  system  to  Hargray 
Acquisition Holdings, LLC ("Hargray") in exchange for an approximately 15% equity interest in Hargray on a fully diluted basis, which 
resulted in the recognition of a $113.2 million investment recorded in equity investments and a non-cash gain of $82.6 million recorded in 
gain on sale of business. Management calculated the fair value of Hargray’s total enterprise value using a hybrid of both the discounted 
cash flow method of the income approach and the guideline public company method of the market approach. Significant assumptions used 
in the valuation include projected revenue growth rates, future EBITDA margins, future capital expenditures, and the discount rate. The 
enterprise  value  less  Hargray’s  debt  and  unamortized  debt  issuance  costs  was  multiplied  by  the  Company’s  minority  equity  interest 
percentage to determine the Hargray investment’s carrying value. The resulting non-cash gain was calculated as the difference between 
this carrying value and the book value of the Anniston System’s net assets, including its proportionate share of the Company’s franchise 
agreement and goodwill assets. 

The  principal considerations  for our  determination  that  performing  procedures relating  to  the  valuation  of  the  Hargray investment  is a 
critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management in developing the fair value measurement of the investment and (ii) a 
high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions 
related to the projected revenue growth rates, future EBITDA margins, future capital expenditures, and discount rate. In addition, the audit 
effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on 
the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the valuation of equity 
investments, including controls over the assumptions related to the valuation of the fair value measurement of the Hargray investment, 
including the projected revenue growth rates, future EBITDA margins, future capital expenditures, and discount rate. These procedures 
also included, among others (i) reading the purchase agreement, (ii) evaluating management’s process for developing the fair value estimate, 
(iii) evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted cash flow model, and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of significant assumptions 
used by management related to the projected revenue growth rates, future EBITDA margins, future capital expenditures, and discount rate, 
and (v) testing the data used in the discounted cash flow model. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to the projected revenue 
growth rates, future EBITDA margins, and future capital expenditures involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management 
were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the investee; (ii) the consistency with external market and industry 
data;  and  (iii)  whether  these  assumptions  were  consistent  with  other  aspects  in  the  discounted  cash  flow  model.  Professionals  with 
specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s discounted cash flow model and the discount rate 
assumption. 

F-3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Initial Fair Value of Options Associated with the Mega Broadband Investment 

As described in Notes 6 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company acquired a 45.0% minority equity interest in Mega 
Broadband  Investments  Holdings  LLC  (“MBI”) in  2020. The  Company  holds a call  option  to  purchase all  but not  less  than  all  of  the 
remaining equity interests in MBI that the Company does not already own between January 1, 2023 and June 30, 2024. If the call option is 
not exercised, certain investors in MBI hold a put option to sell (and to cause all members of MBI other than the Company to sell) to the 
Company all but not less than all of the remaining equity interests in MBI that the Company does not already own between July 1, 2025 
and September 30, 2025. The call and put options (collectively referred to as the “net option”) are measured at fair value using Monte Carlo 
simulations that rely on assumptions around MBI’s equity value, MBI’s and the Company’s equity volatility, MBI’s and the Company’s 
EBITDA volatility, risk adjusted discount rates and the Company’s cost of debt, among others. The initial fair values of the call and put 
options on November 12, 2020 were $19.7 million and $75.5 million, respectively, and were included within other noncurrent liabilities. 
The net option is remeasured at fair value on a quarterly basis resulting in a $17.5 million change in fair value of the net option during the 
period ended December 31, 2020 which is reported within other income (expense), net. 

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the initial fair value of options associated with 
MBI is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management in developing the fair values of these options using the Monte 
Carlo simulations and (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s 
significant assumptions related to MBI’s equity value. In addition, the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill 
and knowledge. 

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on 
the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the fair value of the options, 
including  controls  over  the  assumptions  related  to  the  valuation  of  the  options,  including  MBI’s  equity  value.  These  procedures  also 
included, among others, developing an independent range of values for each option and performing a comparison of management’s estimate 
to  the  independently  developed  range  to  evaluate  the  reasonableness  of  management’s  estimate.  Developing  the  independent  range  of 
values involved (i) developing an independent Monte Carlo simulation model, (ii) testing the completeness and accuracy of the contractual 
information used by management to calculate the agreed-upon price to acquire the remaining equity interests in MBI,  and (iii) evaluating 
the  reasonableness  of  the  assumptions  used  by  management  to  estimate  MBI’s  equity  value.  Professionals  with  specialized  skill  and 
knowledge were used to assist in developing the independent Monte Carlo simulation model, including developing the independent range 
of values. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Phoenix, Arizona 
February 25, 2021 
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014. 

F-4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

December 31, 
2020 

December 31, 
2019 

(dollars in thousands, except par values) 
Assets 
Current Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents ..........................................................................................................   $ 
Accounts receivable, net ............................................................................................................     
Income taxes receivable .............................................................................................................     
Prepaid and other current assets .................................................................................................     
Total Current Assets ...............................................................................................................     
Equity investments .........................................................................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment, net .................................................................................................     
Intangible assets, net ......................................................................................................................     
Goodwill ........................................................................................................................................     
Other noncurrent assets ..................................................................................................................     
Total Assets ............................................................................................................................   $ 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
Current Liabilities: 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities....................................................................................   $ 
Deferred revenue ........................................................................................................................     
Current portion of long-term debt ..............................................................................................     
Total Current Liabilities .........................................................................................................     
Long-term debt ...............................................................................................................................     
Deferred income taxes....................................................................................................................     
Interest rate swap liability ..............................................................................................................     
Other noncurrent liabilities.............................................................................................................     
Total Liabilities ......................................................................................................................     

574,909     $ 
38,768       
41,245       
17,891       
672,813       
807,781       
1,265,460       
1,278,198       
430,543       
33,543       
4,488,338     $ 

174,139     $ 
21,051       
26,392       
221,582       
2,148,798       
366,675       
155,357       
100,627       
2,993,039       

125,271   
38,452   
2,146   
15,619   
181,488   
206   
1,201,271   
1,312,381   
429,597   
26,888   
3,151,831   

136,993   
23,640   
28,909   
189,542   
1,711,937   
303,314   
78,612   
26,857   
2,310,262   

Commitments and contingencies (see note 17) 

Stockholders' Equity 

Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; 4,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding) .....     
Common stock ($0.01 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 6,175,399 and 5,887,899 

shares issued; and 6,027,704 and 5,715,377 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020 
and 2019, respectively) ..........................................................................................................     
Additional paid-in capital ...........................................................................................................     
Retained earnings .......................................................................................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .....................................................................................     
Treasury stock, at cost (147,695 and 172,522 shares held as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 

-       

-   

62       
535,586       
1,228,172       
(140,683 )     

59   
51,198   
980,355   
(68,158 ) 

respectively) ...........................................................................................................................     
Total Stockholders' Equity .....................................................................................................     
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity..............................................................................   $ 

(127,838 )     
1,495,299       
4,488,338     $ 

(121,885 ) 
841,569   
3,151,831   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data) 
Revenues ........................................................................................................    $ 
Costs and Expenses: 

Operating (excluding depreciation and amortization) ................................      
Selling, general and administrative ............................................................      
Depreciation and amortization ...................................................................      
(Gain) loss on asset sales and disposals, net ...............................................      
Gain on sale of business .............................................................................      
Total Costs and Expenses .......................................................................      
Income from operations .................................................................................      
Interest expense ..............................................................................................      
Other income (expense), net...........................................................................      
Income before income taxes and equity method investment earnings ............      
Income tax provision ......................................................................................      
Income before equity method investment earnings ........................................      
Equity method investment earnings ...............................................................      
Net income .....................................................................................................    $ 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 

2018 

2020 

1,325,229    $ 

1,167,997    $ 

1,072,295  

418,704      
255,163      
265,658      
(1,072)     
(82,574)     
855,879      
469,350      
(73,607)     
(16,411)     
379,332      
76,317      
303,015      
1,376      
304,391    $ 

388,552      
245,120      
216,687      
7,187      
-      
857,546      
310,451      
(71,729)     
(4,907)     
233,815      
55,233      
178,582      
-      
178,582    $ 

370,269  
222,216  
197,731  
14,167  
-  
804,383  
267,912  
(60,415) 
4,487  
211,984  
47,224  
164,760  
-  
164,760  

Net Income per Common Share: 

Basic ...........................................................................................................    $ 
Diluted .......................................................................................................    $ 

51.73    $ 
51.27    $ 

31.45    $ 
31.12    $ 

28.98  
28.77  

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding: 

Basic ...........................................................................................................      
Diluted .......................................................................................................      

5,884,780      
5,937,582      

5,678,990      
5,737,856      

5,684,375  
5,725,963  

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges and other, net of tax ...................    $ 
Comprehensive income ..................................................................................    $ 

(72,525)   $ 
231,866    $ 

(68,062)   $ 
110,520    $ 

256  
165,016  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Accumulated 
Other 

     Retained      
     Earnings      

Comprehensive      
Loss 

(dollars in thousands, except per     Common Stock 

share data) 

   Shares 

Balance at December 31, 2017 ...      5,731,442    $ 
-      
Net income ...................................     
-      
Changes in pension, net of tax .....     
Equity-based compensation..........     
-      
Issuance of equity awards, net of 

Additional 
Paid-In 
    Amount      Capital 
59    $ 
-      
-      
-      

28,412    $ 
-      
-      
10,486      

728,386    $ 
164,760      
-      
-      

forfeitures .................................     
Repurchases of common stock .....     
Withholding tax for equity 

20,800      
(38,814)     

awards ......................................     

(10,026)     

Dividends paid to stockholders 

-      
-      

-      

-      
-      

-      

-      
-      

-      

Treasury 
Stock, 
     at cost 

Total 
Stockholders’   
Equity 

(352)   $ 
-      
256      
-      

(80,058)   $ 
-      
-      
-      

-      
-      

-      
(26,582)     

676,447  
164,760  
256  
10,486  

-  
(26,582) 

-      

(7,155)     

(7,155) 

($7.50 per common share) ........     

-      
Balance at December 31, 2018 ...      5,703,402      
Lease accounting standard 
adoption cumulative 
adjustment ................................     
Net income ...................................     
Unrealized loss on cash flow 

-      
-      

hedges and other, net of tax ......     
Equity-based compensation..........     
Issuance of equity awards, net of 

forfeitures .................................     
Repurchases of common stock .....     
Withholding tax for equity 

-      
-      

21,480      
(5,984)     

awards ......................................     

(3,521)     

Dividends paid to stockholders 

($8.50 per common share) ........     

-      
Balance at December 31, 2019 ...      5,715,377      
Net income ...................................     
-      
Unrealized loss on cash flow 

-      
hedges and other, net of tax ......     
Equity-based compensation..........     
-      
Issuance of common stock ...........      287,500      
Issuance of equity awards, net of 

forfeitures .................................     

28,688      

Withholding tax for equity 

awards ......................................     

(3,861)     

Dividends paid to stockholders 

-      
59      

-      
38,898      

(42,854)     
850,292      

-      

-      
(96)      (113,795)     

(42,854) 
775,358  

-      
-      

-      
-      

-      
-      

-      

-      
-      

8      
178,582      

-      
12,300      

-      
-      

-      

-      
-      

-      
-      

-      

-      
59      
-      

-      
51,198      
-      

(48,527)     
980,355      
304,391      

-      
-      
3      

-      

-      

-      
14,592      
469,796      

-      

-      

-      
-      

-      

-      

-      
-      

(68,062)     
-      

-      
-      

-      
-      

-      
-      

-      
(5,073)     

8  
178,582  

(68,062) 
12,300  

-  
(5,073) 

-      

(3,017)     

(3,017) 

-      

-      
(68,158)      (121,885)     
-      

-      

(72,525)     
-      

-      
-      

(48,527) 
841,569  
304,391  

(72,525) 
14,592  
469,799  

-      

-      

-  

-      

(5,953)     

(5,953) 

($9.50 per common share) ........     

-      
Balance at December 31, 2020 ...      6,027,704    $ 

-      
62    $ 

-      

(56,574)     
535,586    $  1,228,172    $ 

-      

-      
(140,683)   $  (127,838)   $ 

(56,574) 
1,495,299  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-7 

  
    
    
    
  
       
       
       
  
  
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(in thousands) 
Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income .................................................................................................    $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

activities: 
Depreciation and amortization ...............................................................      
Amortization of debt issuance costs .......................................................      
Equity-based compensation ....................................................................      
Write-off of debt issuance costs .............................................................      
Increase in deferred income taxes ..........................................................      
(Gain) loss on asset sales and disposals, net ...........................................      
Gain on sale of business .........................................................................      
Equity method investment earnings .......................................................      
       Fair value adjustment ..............................................................................      

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from 

acquisitions: 
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net ..................................      
(Increase) decrease in income taxes receivable ..................................      
Increase in prepaid and other current assets .......................................      
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities .........      
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue .............................................      
Other, net ............................................................................................      
Net cash provided by operating activities ......................................................      

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired .............................................      
Purchase of equity investments ..................................................................      
Capital expenditures ...................................................................................      
Change in accrued expenses related to capital expenditures ......................      
Purchase of wireless licenses .....................................................................      
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment ...............................      
Issuance of note and other receivables .......................................................      
Settlement of note and other receivables ....................................................      
Net cash used in investing activities ...............................................................      

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from equity issuance ...................................................................      
Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings .................................................      
Payment of equity issuance costs ...............................................................      
Payment of debt issuance costs ..................................................................      
Payments on long-term debt .......................................................................      
Repurchases of common stock ...................................................................      
Payment of withholding tax for equity awards ...........................................      
Dividends paid to stockholders ..................................................................      
Other ..........................................................................................................      
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ........................................      

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ...........................................      
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period .............................................      
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period .......................................................    $ 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

304,391    $ 

178,582    $ 

164,760  

265,658      
4,305      
14,592      
6,181      
87,182      
(1,072)     
(82,574)     
(1,376)     
17,510      

139      
(39,099)     
(2,189)     
11,781      
(2,961)     
(8,097)     
574,371      

(38,296)     
(612,124)     
(293,229)     
(9,288)     
(1,418)     
730      
(7,288)     
6,000      
(954,913)     

488,750      
1,050,000      
(18,951)     
(15,064)     
(612,028)     
-      
(5,953)     
(56,574)     

830,180      

449,638      
125,271      
574,909    $ 

216,687      
4,646      
12,300      
4,210      
50,011      
7,187      
-      
-      
-      

(3,520)     
8,567      
(462)     
16,452      
(1,432)     
(1,487)     
491,741      

(883,440)     
-      
(262,352)     
4,511      
-      
7,039      
-      
-      
(1,134,242)     

-      
1,275,000      
-      
(11,844)     
(702,880)     
(5,073)     
(3,017)     
(48,527)     
-      
503,659      

(138,842)     
264,113      
125,271    $ 

197,731  
4,163  
10,486  
110  
34,973  
14,167  
-  
-  
-  

(17) 
10,618  
(2,192) 
(27,853) 
3,946  
(3,123) 
407,769  

-  
-  
(217,766) 
2,005  
-  
1,466  
-  
-  
(214,295) 

-  
-  
-  
(2,131) 
(14,391) 
(26,582) 
(7,155) 
(42,854) 
2,000  
(91,113) 

102,361  
161,752  
264,113  

Supplemental cash flow disclosures: 

Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest ........................................    $ 
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds received ..................................    $ 

65,007    $ 
28,230    $ 

67,907    $ 
(3,585)   $ 

56,412  
1,811  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-8 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
       
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
   
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.  

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 

Cable One, Inc., together with its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, “Cable One” or the “Company”), is a fully integrated provider 
of data, video and voice services to residential and business subscribers in 21 Western, Midwestern and Southern U.S. states. At the end of 
2020,  Cable  One  provided  service  to  approximately  969,000  residential  and  business  customers,  of  which  approximately  857,000 
subscribed to data services, 260,000 subscribed to video services and 124,000 subscribed to voice services. 

On May 1, 2017, the Company acquired RBI Holding LLC (“NewWave”) for a purchase price of $740.2 million. On January 8, 2019, the 
Company acquired Delta Communications, L.L.C. (“Clearwave”) for a purchase price of $358.8 million. On October 1, 2019, the Company 
acquired Fidelity Communications Co.’s data, video and voice business and certain related assets (collectively, “Fidelity”) for a purchase 
price of $531.4 million. On July 1, 2020, the Company acquired Valu-Net LLC (“Valu-Net”) for a purchase price of $38.9 million. The 
purchase price for these transactions was in cash on a debt-free basis. Refer to note 3 for details on these transactions. Refer to note 6 for 
information on the Company’s equity investments completed during 2020. 

2.  

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Basis of Presentation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). 
The Company’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 may not be indicative of the Company’s 
future results. 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current year presentation. 

Principles  of  Consolidation. The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts  of the Company,  including  its 
subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Segment  Reporting.  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  280  -  Segment  Reporting  requires  the  disclosure  of  factors  used  to 
identify an entity’s reportable segments. Historically, the Company’s operations were organized and managed on the basis of its geographic 
divisions. Effective in the second quarter of 2020, as a result of progress made in the Company’s staged rebranding initiative and the further 
alignment  of  service  offerings  and  product  pricing  for  recent acquisitions  with  its  legacy  business,  the  Company  reevaluated  the  chief 
operating decision maker’s review and assessment of the Company’s operating performance for purposes of performance monitoring and 
resource  allocation.  The  Company  determined  that  its  operations,  including  the  decisions  to  allocate  resources  and  deploy  capital,  are 
organized and managed on a consolidated basis and are not based on any predetermined geographic division. Each operating system derives 
revenues from the delivery of similar products and services to a customer base that is also similar. Each operating system deploys similar 
technology  to  deliver  the  Company’s  products  and  services,  operates  within  a  similar  regulatory  environment,  has  similar  economic 
characteristics and is managed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker as part of an aggregate of all operating systems within 
the Company’s material geographic divisions. Management evaluated the criteria for aggregation under ASC 280 and has concluded that 
the Company meets each of the respective criteria set forth therein. Accordingly, management has identified one operating segment, which 
is its reportable segment, under this organizational and reporting structure. 

Use of Estimates. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain 
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  herein.  Management  bases  its  estimates  and  assumptions  on  historical 
experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved 
in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be affected by changes in those estimates and underlying assumptions. 

Revenue  Recognition. The  Company  recognizes  revenue  in  accordance  with  ASC  606  -  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers. 
Residential revenues are generated through individual and bundled subscriptions for data, video and voice services on month to month 
terms,  without  penalty  for  cancellation.  As  bundled  subscriptions  are  typically  offered  at  discounted  rates,  the  sales  price  is  allocated 
amongst the respective product lines based on the relative selling price at which each service is sold under standalone service agreements. 
Business revenues are generated through individual and bundled subscriptions for data, video and voice services under contracts with terms 
ranging from one month to several years. 

F-9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The Company also generally receives an allocation of scheduled advertising time as part of its distribution agreements with cable and 
broadcast networks, which the Company sells to local, regional and national advertisers under contracts with terms that are typically less 
than one year. In most instances, the available advertising time is sold directly by the Company’s internal sales force. As the Company is 
acting as principal in these arrangements, the advertising that is sold is reported as revenue on a gross basis. In instances where advertising 
time is sold by contracted third-party agencies, the Company is not acting as principal and the advertising sold is therefore reported net of 
agency fees. Advertising revenues are recognized when the related advertisements are aired. 

The unit of accounting for revenue recognition is a performance obligation, which is a requirement to transfer a distinct good or service to 
a customer. Customers are billed for the services to which they subscribe based upon published or contracted rates, with the sales price 
being allocated to each performance obligation. For arrangements with multiple performance obligations, the sales price is allocated based 
on  the  relative  standalone  selling  price  for  each  subscribed  service.  Generally,  performance  obligations  are  satisfied,  and  revenue  is 
recognized,  over  the  period  of  time  in  which  customers  simultaneously  receive  and  consume  the  Company’s  defined  performance 
obligations, which are delivered in a similar pattern of transfer. Advertising revenue is recognized at the point in time when the underlying 
performance obligation is complete. 

The Company also incurs certain incremental costs to acquire residential and business customers, such as commission costs and third-party 
costs to service specific customers. These costs are capitalized as contract assets and amortized over the applicable period. For commissions, 
the amortization period is the average customer tenure, which is approximately five years for both residential and business customers. All 
other costs are amortized over the requisite contract period. 

Fees imposed on the Company by various governmental authorities, including franchise fees, are passed through on a monthly basis to the 
Company’s customers and are periodically remitted to authorities. As the Company acts as principal, these fees are reported in video and 
voice  revenues  on  a  gross  basis  with  corresponding  expenses  included  within  operating  expenses  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations and comprehensive income. 

Concentrations of Credit Risk. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily 
cash and accounts receivable. Concentration of credit risk with respect to the Company’s cash balance is limited. The Company maintains 
or invests its cash with highly qualified financial institutions. With respect to the Company’s receivables, credit risk is limited due to the 
large number of customers, individually small balances and short payment terms. 

Programming Costs. The Company’s programming costs are fees paid to license the programming that is distributed to video customers 
and are recorded in the period the services are provided. Programming costs are recorded based on the Company’s contractual agreements 
with  its  programming  vendors,  which  are  generally  multi-year  agreements  that  provide  for  the  Company  to  make  payments  to  the 
programming vendors at agreed upon rates based on the number of subscribers to which the Company provides the programming service. 
From time to time, these agreements expire, and programming continues to be distributed, often pursuant to an extension, to customers 
while the parties negotiate new contractual terms. While payments are typically made under the prior agreement’s terms, the amount of 
programming costs recorded during these interim periods is based on the Company’s estimates of the ultimate contractual terms expected 
to be negotiated. Differences between actual amounts determined upon resolution of negotiations and amounts recorded during these interim 
periods are recorded in the period of resolution. 

Advertising Costs. The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The total amount of such advertising expense recorded was $31.6 
million, $34.3 million and $28.6 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities at purchase of three months or less to be 
cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost plus accrued interest and dividends, which approximates market value. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. Accounts receivable have been reduced by an allowance for amounts that may be uncollectible in the 
future. This estimated allowance is based primarily on the aging category, historical collection experience and management’s evaluation 
of the financial condition of the customer. The Company generally considers an account past due or delinquent when a customer misses a 
scheduled  payment.  The  Company  writes  off  accounts  receivable  balances  deemed  uncollectible  against  the  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts generally when the account is turned over for collection to an outside collection agency. 

F-10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Fair Value Measurements. Fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that a market participant would use in 
pricing an asset or liability based on a three-tiered hierarchy that draws a distinction between market participant assumptions based on 
(i) observable  inputs,  such  as  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  (level  1);  (ii) inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are 
observable either directly or indirectly (level 2); and (iii) unobservable inputs that require the Company to use present value and other 
valuation techniques in the determination of fair value (level 3). Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the 
lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input 
to  the  fair  value  measurements  requires  judgment  and  may  affect  the  valuation  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  being  measured  and  their 
placement within the fair value hierarchy. 

For assets and liabilities that are measured using quoted prices in active markets, the total fair value is the published market price per unit 
multiplied by the number of units held, without consideration of transaction costs. Assets and liabilities that are measured using significant 
other observable inputs are primarily valued by reference to quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in active markets, adjusted for any 
terms specific to that asset or liability. Assets and liabilities that are measured using significant unobservable inputs are valued using various 
valuation techniques, including Monte Carlo simulations. 

The  Company  measures  certain  assets,  including  property,  plant  and  equipment,  intangible  assets  and  goodwill,  at  fair  value  on  a 
nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be impaired. The fair value of these assets is determined with valuation techniques using the 
best information available and may include quoted market prices, market comparables and discounted cash flow models. 

The carrying amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, 
accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. 

Equity Investments. Equity investments that do not provide the Company the ability to exert significant influence over the operating or 
financial decisions of the investee are accounted for under the fair value measurement alternative. This method requires the initial fair value 
of the investment to be recorded as an asset within the consolidated balance sheet and any dividends received from the investee to be 
recorded  as  other  income  within  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations  and  comprehensive  income.  If  observable  price  changes  for 
identical or similar investments in the same investee are identified, the recorded carrying value will be adjusted to its current estimated fair 
value. 

Equity investments that do provide the Company with the ability to exert significant influence over the operating or financial decisions of 
the investee are accounted for under the equity method. The equity method requires the initial fair value of the investment to be recorded 
as an asset within the consolidated balance sheet. Based on its ownership percentage, the Company then recognizes its proportionate share 
of the investee’s net income (loss) each period within equity method investment earnings in the consolidated statement of operations and 
comprehensive income and a corresponding increase (decrease) to the investment’s carrying value within the consolidated balance sheet. 
As permitted by GAAP, the Company elected to recognize its proportionate share of such net income (loss) for each of its equity method 
investments on a one quarter lag. Additionally, any dividends received from an equity method investee are accounted for as a reduction in 
the carrying value of the investment within the consolidated balance sheet. Further, any material difference between the carrying value of 
an equity method investment and the Company’s underlying equity in the net assets of the investee attributable to depreciable property, 
plant and equipment and/or amortizable intangible assets will result in an adjustment to the amount of net income (loss) recognized by the 
Company each period. 

As none of the Company’s cost or equity method investments have readily determinable fair values, the Company assesses each investment 
for  indicators  of  impairment  on  a  quarterly  basis  based  primarily  on  the  investee’s  most  recently  available  financial  and  operating 
information. If it is determined that the fair value of an investment has fallen below its carrying value, the carrying value is adjusted down 
to fair value and an impairment loss equal to the amount of the adjustment is recognized within the period’s statement of operations and 
comprehensive income. 

Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Costs 
for replacements and major improvements are capitalized while costs for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation 
and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method for all assets, with the exception of capitalized internal and external labor, 
which are depreciated using an accelerated method. The estimated useful life ranges for each category of property, plant and equipment are 
as follows (in years): 

Cable distribution systems .................................................................      
Customer premise equipment ............................................................      
Other equipment and fixtures ............................................................      
Buildings and improvements .............................................................      
Capitalized software ..........................................................................      
Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets .............................................................      

10 –  25 
3 –  5 
3 –  10 
10 –  20 
3 –  7 
1 –  5 

F-11 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The costs of leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the remaining terms of the respective leases. 

Costs  associated  with  the  installation  and  upgrade  of  services  and  acquiring  and  deploying  of  customer  premise  equipment,  including 
materials, internal and external labor costs and related indirect and overhead costs, are capitalized. 

Capitalized labor costs include the direct costs of engineers and technical personnel involved in the design and implementation of plant and 
infrastructure; the costs of technicians involved in the installation and upgrades of services and customer premise equipment; and the costs 
of support personnel directly involved in capitalizable activities, such as project managers and supervisors. These costs are capitalized 
based on internally developed standards by position, which are updated annually (or more frequently if required). These standards are 
developed  utilizing  a  combination  of  actual  costs  incurred  where  applicable,  survey  information,  operational  data  and  management 
judgment. Overhead costs are capitalized based on standards developed from historical information. Indirect and overhead costs include 
payroll taxes; insurance and other benefits; and vehicle, tool and supply expense related to installation activities. Costs for repairs and 
maintenance, disconnecting service or reconnecting service are expensed as incurred. 

The  Company  capitalizes  certain  internal  and  external  costs  incurred  to  acquire  or  develop  internal-use,  on-premises  and  cloud-based 
software, including costs associated with coding, software configuration, upgrades and enhancements. 

Evaluation  of  Long-Lived  Assets.  The  recoverability  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  finite-lived  intangible  assets  is  assessed 
whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that recorded values may not be recoverable. A long-lived asset is considered 
to not be recoverable when the undiscounted estimated future cash flows are less than the asset’s recorded value. An impairment charge is 
measured based on estimated fair market value, determined primarily using estimated future cash flows on a discounted basis. Losses on 
long-lived assets to be disposed of are determined in a similar manner, but the fair market value is reduced for estimated disposal costs. 

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets. Finite-lived intangible assets consist of franchise renewals, customer relationships, trademarks and trade 
names and wireless licenses and are amortized using a straight-line or accelerated method over the respective estimated periods for which 
the assets will provide economic benefit to the Company. 

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets. The Company’s intangible assets with an indefinite life are franchise agreements that it has with state 
and  local  governments  and  certain  trade  names.  Franchise  agreements  allow  the  Company  to  contract  and  operate  its  business  within 
specified geographic areas. The Company expects its franchise agreements to provide it with substantial benefit for a period that extends 
beyond the foreseeable horizon, and the Company has historically obtained renewals and extensions of such agreements without material 
modifications to the agreements for nominal costs, and these costs are expensed as incurred. The Company currently expects to utilize 
certain trade names for a period that extends beyond the foreseeable horizon and expects the cost to maintain such asset to be nominal. 

The Company’s unit of accounting for its franchise agreements was historically established at the geographic division level. Effective in 
the second quarter of 2020, as a result of progress made in the Company’s staged rebranding initiative and the further alignment of service 
offerings and product pricing for recent acquisitions with its legacy business, the Company reevaluated the basis of its franchise agreements 
unit of accounting for use in impairment assessments and identified a single unit of accounting for its franchise agreements based on a 
reevaluation of the Company’s current operations and the use of its assets. 

The Company assesses the recoverability of its indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 1st of each year, or more frequently whenever 
events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. The Company evaluates the unit of accounting 
used to test for impairment periodically or whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances occur to ensure impairment testing is 
performed at an appropriate level. The assessment of recoverability may first consider qualitative factors to determine whether it is more 
likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.  A  quantitative  assessment  is 
performed if the  qualitative  assessment  results in  a  more-likely-than-not  determination  or  if a  qualitative  assessment  is  not  performed. 
When performing a quantitative assessment, the Company estimates the fair value of its franchise agreements primarily based on a multi-
period excess earnings method (“MPEEM”) analysis and estimates the fair value of certain trade names primarily based on a relief-from-
royalty analysis, both of which involve significant judgment. When analyzing the fair values indicated under the MPEEM analysis, the 
Company also considers multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA” and as adjusted, “Adjusted 
EBITDA”) generated by the underlying assets, current market transactions and profitability information. If the fair value of indefinite-lived 
intangible  assets  were  determined  to  be  less  than  the  carrying  amount,  the  Company  would  recognize  an  impairment  charge  for  the 
difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the assets. 

F-12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Goodwill. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired in 
a  business  combination  and  represents  the  future  economic  benefits  expected  to  arise  from  anticipated  synergies  and  intangible assets 
acquired that do not qualify for separate recognition, including an assembled workforce, noncontractual relationships and other agreements. 
The Company assesses the recoverability of its goodwill as of October 1st of each year, or more frequently whenever events or substantive 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a reporting unit may exceed its fair value. 

The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which was historically established at the geographic division level. 
The Company evaluates the determination of its reporting units used to test for impairment periodically or whenever events or substantive 
changes in circumstances occur. Effective in the second quarter of 2020, as a result of progress made in the Company’s staged rebranding 
initiative and the further alignment of service offerings and product pricing for recent acquisitions with its legacy business, the Company 
reevaluated the basis of its goodwill reporting units and identified four geographic divisions that were aggregated into a single goodwill 
reporting  unit  based  on  the  chief  operating  decision  maker’s  current  performance  monitoring  and  resource  allocation  process  and  the 
economic similarity of the four divisions. 

The assessment of recoverability may first consider qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads 
to  a  determination  that it is  more  likely  than  not  that the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is less  than  its  carrying  amount.  A  quantitative 
assessment is performed if the qualitative assessment results in a more-likely-than-not determination or if a qualitative assessment is not 
performed. The quantitative assessment considers whether the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Any excess amount 
is recorded as an impairment charge in the current period (limited to the amount of goodwill recorded). 

Insurance. The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance for a number of risks, including claims related to employee 
medical and dental care, disability benefits, workers’ compensation, general liability, property damage and business interruption. Liabilities 
associated with these plans are estimated based on, among other things, the Company’s historical claims experience, severity factors and 
other actuarial assumptions. Accruals for expected loss are based on estimates, and, while the Company believes that the amounts accrued 
are adequate, the ultimate loss may differ from the amounts accrued. 

Equity-Based Compensation. The Company measures compensation expense related to equity-based awards based on the grant date fair 
value of the awards. The Company recognizes the expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the 
vesting period of the award, with forfeitures recognized as incurred. 

Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred 
tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements. 
Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis 
of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change 
in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. 

The Company records deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such 
determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary 
differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations. This evaluation is made on an ongoing 
basis. In the event the Company were to determine that it was not able to realize all or a portion of its deferred tax assets in the future, the 
Company would record a valuation allowance, which would impact the provision for income taxes. 

The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained 
upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. The Company records 
a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured for financial statement purposes and the tax position taken or 
expected to be taken on the tax return. Changes in the estimate are recorded in the period in which such determination is made. 

Asset Retirement Obligations. Certain of the Company’s franchise agreements and lease agreements contain provisions requiring the 
Company to restore facilities or remove property in the event that the franchise or lease agreement is not renewed. The Company expects 
to continually renew its franchise agreements and therefore cannot reasonably estimate any liabilities associated with such agreements. A 
remote  possibility  exists  that  franchise  agreements  could  be  terminated  unexpectedly,  which  could  result  in  the  Company  incurring 
significant expense in complying with restoration or removal provisions. Retirement obligations related to the Company’s lease agreements 
are de minimis. The Company does not have any significant liabilities related to asset retirement obligations recorded in the consolidated 
financial statements. 

F-13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Business Combination Purchase Price Allocation. The application of the acquisition method under ASC 805 - Business Combinations 
(“ASC 805”) requires the Company to allocate the purchase price amongst the acquisition date fair values of identifiable assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Company determines fair values using the income approach, market approach and/or 
cost approach depending on the nature of the asset or liability being valued and the reliability of available information. The income approach 
estimates fair value by discounting associated lifetime expected future cash flows to their present value and relies on significant assumptions 
regarding future revenues, expenses, working capital levels and discount rates. The market approach estimates fair value by analyzing 
recent actual market transactions for similar assets or liabilities. The cost approach estimates fair value based on the expected cost to replace 
or reproduce the asset or liability and relies on assumptions regarding the occurrence and extent of any physical, functional and/or economic 
obsolescence. 

Recently  Adopted  Accounting  Pronouncements.  In  August  2018,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (the  “FASB”)  issued 
Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2018-15,  Intangibles  –  Goodwill  and  Other  –  Internal-Use  Software  (Subtopic  350-40): 
Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. ASU 2018-15 
aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation, setup and other upfront costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service 
contract with the requirements for capitalizing such costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The ASU specifies which 
costs  are  to  be  expensed  and  which  are  to  be  capitalized,  the  period  over  which  capitalized  costs  are  to  be  amortized,  the  process  for 
identifying  and  recognizing  impairment  and  the  proper  presentation  of  such  costs  within  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The 
Company  adopted  the  updated  guidance  on  January  1,  2020  on  a  prospective  basis.  The  adoption  of  this  ASU  has  resulted  in  the 
capitalization of $7.9 million of costs that will be amortized over the life of the applicable hosting arrangement. Amortization of such costs 
will be included in operating or selling, general and administrative expenses, rather than depreciation and amortization expense, within the 
consolidated financial statements. 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on 
Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires companies to recognize an allowance for expected lifetime credit losses through earnings 
concurrent with the recognition of a financial asset measured at amortized cost. The estimate of expected credit losses is required to be 
adjusted each reporting period over the life of the financial asset. The ASU was effective January 1, 2020 and required adoption on  a 
modified  retrospective  basis.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

Recently Issued But Not Yet Adopted Accounting Pronouncements. In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference 
Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. ASU 2020-04 provides optional 
expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions that reference London Interbank 
Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other reference rates expected to be discontinued at the end of 2021. The ASU may be adopted at any time 
through December 31, 2022. The Company currently holds certain debt and interest rate swaps that reference LIBOR. The Company plans 
to adopt ASU 2020-04 when the contracts underlying such instruments are amended as a result of reference rate reform, which is expected 
to  occur  prior  to  the  end  of  2021.  The  Company  is  currently  evaluating  the  expected  impact  of  the  adoption  of  this  guidance  on  its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. ASU 
2019-12 removes certain exceptions related to intraperiod tax allocations, foreign subsidiaries and interim reporting that are present within 
existing GAAP. The ASU also provides updated guidance regarding the tax treatment of certain franchise taxes, goodwill and nontaxable 
entities, among other items. In addition, ASU 2019-12 clarifies that the effect of a change in tax laws or rates should be reflected in the 
annual effective tax rate computation during the interim period that includes the enactment date. The ASU was effective for annual and 
interim periods beginning after December 15, 2020. Certain provisions must be adopted on prescribed retrospective, modified retrospective 
and prospective bases, while other provisions may be adopted on either a retrospective or modified retrospective basis. The Company plans 
to adopt ASU 2019-12 in the first quarter of 2021 on a prospective basis and does not expect the updated guidance to have a material impact 
on the its consolidated financial statements, but it may have an impact in the future. 

3.  

ACQUISITIONS 

The Company accounted for certain acquisitions as business combinations pursuant to ASC 805. In accordance with ASC 805, the Company 
uses its best estimates and assumptions to assign fair value to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
at the acquisition date based on the information that was available as of the acquisition date. The Company believes that the information 
available provides a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for each acquisition, however, 
preliminary measurements of fair value for each acquisition are subject to change during the measurement period, and such changes could 
be material. The Company expects to finalize the valuation after each acquisition as soon as practicable but no later than one year after the 
acquisition date. 

F-14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Customer relationships and franchise agreements are valued using the MPEEM of the income approach. Significant assumptions used in 
the valuations include projected revenue growth rates, future EBITDA margins, future capital expenditures and an appropriate discount 
rate. No residual value is assigned to the acquired customer relationships or trademark and trade name. 

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired in a business 
combination and represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from anticipated synergies and intangible assets acquired that 
do  not  qualify  for  separate  recognition,  including  an  assembled  workforce,  noncontractual  relationships  and  other  agreements.  As  an 
indefinite-lived asset, goodwill is not amortized but rather is subject to impairment testing on at least an annual basis. The change in carrying 
value of goodwill as a result of acquisitions during the periods presented was as follows (in thousands): 

Balance at December 31, 2018 ......................................................................................................................................    $ 
Clearwave acquisition goodwill recognized ....................................................................................................................      
Fidelity acquisition goodwill recognized ........................................................................................................................      
Balance at December 31, 2019 ......................................................................................................................................    $ 
Valu-Net acquisition goodwill recognized ......................................................................................................................      
Anniston Exchange (as defined in note 6) goodwill disposed .........................................................................................      
Balance at December 31, 2020 ......................................................................................................................................    $ 

Goodwill 

172,129  
185,885  
71,583  
429,597  
5,279  
(4,333) 
430,543  

Acquisition costs are not included as components of consideration transferred and instead are accounted for as expenses in the period in 
which the costs are incurred. The Company incurred $3.9 million, $9.6 million and $1.8 million of acquisition-related costs in 2020, 2019 
and  2018,  respectively.  These  costs  are  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  within  the  Company’s  consolidated 
statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

The following acquisitions occurred during the periods presented: 

Clearwave.  On January  8,  2019,  the  Company acquired  Clearwave, a  facilities-based  service  provider  that  owns and  operates a  high-
capacity  fiber  network  offering  dense  regional  coverage  in  Southern  Illinois  for  a  purchase  price  of  $358.8  million.  The  Clearwave 
acquisition provides the Company with a premier fiber network within its existing footprint, further enables the Company to supply its 
customers with enhanced business services solutions and provides a platform to allow the Company to replicate Clearwave’s strategy in 
several of its other markets. 

A summary of the allocation of the Clearwave purchase price consideration as of the acquisition date, reflecting all measurement period 
adjustments recorded in 2019, is as follows (in thousands): 

Purchase Price 
Allocation 

Assets Acquired 
Cash and cash equivalents ...............................................................................................................................................    $ 
Accounts receivable ........................................................................................................................................................      
Prepaid and other current assets ......................................................................................................................................      
Property, plant and equipment ........................................................................................................................................      
Intangible assets ..............................................................................................................................................................      
Other noncurrent assets ...................................................................................................................................................      
Total Assets Acquired .................................................................................................................................................      

Liabilities Assumed 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ........................................................................................................................      
Deferred revenue, short-term portion ..............................................................................................................................      
Deferred income taxes.....................................................................................................................................................      
Other noncurrent liabilities..............................................................................................................................................      
Total Liabilities Assumed ...........................................................................................................................................      

Net assets acquired ........................................................................................................................................................      
Purchase price consideration ...........................................................................................................................................      
Goodwill recognized ......................................................................................................................................................    $ 

1,913  
1,294  
311  
120,472  
89,700  
3,533  
217,223  

2,128  
4,322  
32,771  
5,057  
44,278  

172,945  
358,830  
185,885  

F-15 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
 
 
Acquired identifiable intangible assets associated with the Clearwave acquisition consisted of the following (dollars in thousands): 

Fair Value 

Useful Life  
(in years) 

Customer relationships ...........................................................................................................   $ 
Trade name.............................................................................................................................   $ 

83,000       
6,700       

17  
 Indefinite  

The measurement period ended on January 7, 2020, and no measurement period adjustments were recorded during 2020. 

The Clearwave acquisition resulted in the recognition of $185.9 million of goodwill, which is not deductible for tax purposes. 

Fidelity. On October 1, 2019, the Company acquired Fidelity, a provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business 
customers throughout Arkansas, Illinois, Louisiana, Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas for a purchase price of $531.4 million. Cable One and 
Fidelity share similar strategies, customer demographics and products. The Fidelity acquisition provides the Company opportunities for 
revenue growth and Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion as well as the potential to realize cost synergies. 

A  summary  of  the  allocation  of  the  Fidelity  purchase  price  consideration  as  of  the  acquisition  date,  reflecting  all  measurement  period 
adjustments recorded in 2019, was as follows (in thousands): 

Purchase Price 
Allocation 

Assets Acquired 
Cash and cash equivalents ...............................................................................................................................................    $ 
Accounts receivable ........................................................................................................................................................      
Prepaid and other current assets ......................................................................................................................................      
Property, plant and equipment ........................................................................................................................................      
Intangible assets ..............................................................................................................................................................      
Other noncurrent assets ...................................................................................................................................................      
Total Assets Acquired .................................................................................................................................................      

Liabilities Assumed 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ........................................................................................................................      
Deferred revenue, short-term portion ..............................................................................................................................      
Other noncurrent liabilities..............................................................................................................................................      
Total Liabilities Assumed ...........................................................................................................................................      

Net assets acquired ........................................................................................................................................................      
Purchase price consideration ...........................................................................................................................................      
Goodwill recognized ......................................................................................................................................................    $ 

4,869  
3,691  
1,756  
173,904  
288,000  
1,895  
474,115  

8,795  
1,796  
3,715  
14,306  

459,809  
531,392  
71,583  

Acquired identifiable intangible assets associated with the Fidelity acquisition consisted of the following (dollars in thousands): 

Customer relationships ...........................................................................................................   $ 
Trademark and trade name .....................................................................................................   $ 
Franchise agreements .............................................................................................................   $ 

119,000       
3,000       
166,000       

14  
3  
 Indefinite  

The total weighted average original amortization period for the acquired finite-lived intangible assets is 13.7 years. 

The measurement period ended on September 30, 2020, and no measurement period adjustments were recorded during 2020. 

Fair Value 

Useful Life  
(in years) 

F-16 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The Fidelity acquisition resulted in the recognition of $71.6 million of goodwill, which is deductible for tax purposes. 

Valu-Net. On July 1, 2020, the Company acquired Valu-Net, an all-fiber internet service provider headquartered in Kansas, for a purchase 
price of $38.9 million. 

Acquired identifiable intangible assets associated with the Valu-Net acquisition consisted of the following (dollars in thousands): 

Customer relationships ...........................................................................................................   $ 
Trademark and trade name .....................................................................................................   $ 
Franchise agreements .............................................................................................................   $ 

7,700       
800       
11,200       

13.5  
 Indefinite  
 Indefinite  

Fair Value 

Useful Life  
(in years) 

4.  

REVENUES  

The Company’s revenues by product line were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 

2018 

2020 

Residential 

Data ............................................................................................................    $ 
Video ..........................................................................................................      
Voice ..........................................................................................................      
Business services............................................................................................      
Other ..............................................................................................................      
Total revenues ........................................................................................    $ 

669,545    $ 
332,857      
47,603      
234,657      
40,567      
1,325,229    $ 

547,240    $ 
335,190      
43,521      
204,500      
37,546      
1,167,997    $ 

492,816  
343,384  
41,278  
155,952  
38,865  
1,072,295  

Franchise and other regulatory fees ................................................................    $ 
Deferred commission amortization ................................................................    $ 

25,206    $ 
5,478    $ 

22,702    $ 
3,992    $ 

16,098  
3,605  

Other revenues are comprised primarily of advertising sales, customer late charges and reconnect fees. 

Fees imposed on the Company by various governmental authorities, including franchise fees, are passed through on a monthly basis to the 
Company’s customers and are periodically remitted to authorities. As the Company acts as principal, these fees are reported in video and 
voice  revenues  on  a  gross  basis  with  corresponding  expenses  included  within  operating  expenses  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations and comprehensive income. 

Net  accounts  receivable  from  contracts  with  customers  totaled  $31.5  million  and  $32.3  million  at  December  31,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively. 

A  significant  portion  of  the  Company’s  revenues  are  derived  from  customers  who  may  cancel  their  subscriptions  at  any  time  without 
penalty. As such, the amount of deferred revenue related to unsatisfied performance obligations is not necessarily indicative of the future 
revenue to be recognized from the Company’s existing customers. Revenues from customers with contractually specified terms and non-
cancelable service periods are recognized over the terms of the underlying contracts, which generally range from one to five years. 

Contract Costs. The Company capitalizes the incremental costs incurred in obtaining customers, such as commission costs and certain 
third-party  costs.  Commission  expense  is  recognized  using  a  portfolio  approach  over  the  calculated  average  residential  and  business 
customer tenure. Commission amortization expense is included within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated 
statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

Contract Liabilities. As residential and business customers are billed for subscription services in advance of the service period, the timing 
of revenue recognition differs from the timing of billing. Deferred revenue liabilities are recorded when the Company collects payments in 
advance of providing the associated services. Current deferred revenue liabilities consist of refundable customer prepayments, up-front 
charges  and  installation  fees.  As  of  December  31,  2020,  the  Company’s  remaining  performance  obligations  pertain  to  the  refundable 
customer prepayments and consist of providing future data, video and voice services to customers. The $23.6 million of current deferred 
revenue at December 31, 2019 was recognized within revenues in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income 
during 2020. Noncurrent deferred revenue liabilities consist of up-front charges and installation fees from business customers. 

F-17 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Significant  Judgments.  The  Company  often  provides  multiple  services  to  a  single  customer.  The  provision  of  customer  premise 
equipment, installation services and service upgrades may be highly integrated and interdependent with the data, video or voice services 
provided. Judgment is required to determine whether the provision of such customer premise equipment, installation services and service 
upgrades is considered a distinct service and accounted for separately, or not distinct and accounted for together with the related subscription 
service. 

The transaction price for a bundle of services is frequently less than the sum of the standalone selling prices of each individual service. The 
Company allocates the sales price for such bundles to each individual service provided based on the relative standalone selling price for 
each  subscribed  service.  Standalone  selling  prices  of  the  Company’s  residential  data  and  video  services  are  directly  observable,  while 
standalone selling prices for the Company’s residential voice services are estimated using the adjusted market assessment approach, which 
relies upon information from peer companies who sell residential voice services individually. 

The Company also used significant judgment to determine the appropriate period over which to amortize deferred residential and business 
commission costs, which was determined to be the average customer tenure. Based on historical data and current expectations, the Company 
determined the average customer tenure for both residential and business customers to be approximately five years. 

5.  

OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

Accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Trade receivables ...........................................................................................................................   $ 
Other receivables ............................................................................................................................     
Less: Allowance for credit losses ...................................................................................................     
Total accounts receivable, net ....................................................................................................   $ 

32,795     $ 
7,225       
(1,252 )     
38,768     $ 

33,467   
6,186   
(1,201 ) 
38,452   

The changes in the allowance for credit losses were as follows (in thousands): 

Beginning balance ........................................................................................    $ 
Additions - charged to costs and expenses .....................................................      
Deductions - write-offs ..................................................................................      
Recoveries collected ......................................................................................      
Ending balance .............................................................................................    $ 

1,201     $ 
7,527      
(13,603)     
6,127      
1,252     $ 

2,045     $ 
6,500      
(13,504)     
6,160      
1,201     $ 

1,876  
5,101  
(9,529) 
4,597  
2,045  

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

Prepaid and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Prepaid repairs and maintenance ....................................................................................................   $ 
Software implementation costs ......................................................................................................     
Prepaid insurance ...........................................................................................................................     
Prepaid rent ....................................................................................................................................     
Prepaid software .............................................................................................................................     
Deferred commissions ....................................................................................................................     
All other current assets ...................................................................................................................     
Total prepaid and other current assets ........................................................................................   $ 

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

1,013     $ 
1,035       
2,200       
1,471       
4,544       
4,026       
3,602       
17,891     $ 

551   
-   
1,548   
1,499   
4,672   
3,586   
3,763   
15,619   

F-18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
Other noncurrent assets consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Operating lease ROU assets ...........................................................................................................   $ 
Deferred commissions ....................................................................................................................     
Software implementation costs ......................................................................................................     
Debt issuance costs ........................................................................................................................     
All other noncurrent assets .............................................................................................................     
Total other noncurrent assets ......................................................................................................   $ 

13,408     $ 
5,798       
6,879       
3,249       
4,209       
33,543     $ 

16,924   
5,042   
-   
2,427   
2,495   
26,888   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Accounts payable ...........................................................................................................................   $ 
Accrued programming costs ...........................................................................................................     
Accrued compensation and related benefits ...................................................................................     
Accrued sales and other operating taxes ........................................................................................     
Accrued franchise fees ...................................................................................................................     
Deposits .........................................................................................................................................     
Operating lease liabilities ...............................................................................................................     
Interest rate swap liability ..............................................................................................................     
Accrued insurance costs .................................................................................................................     
Cash overdrafts ..............................................................................................................................     
Equity investment payable(1) ..........................................................................................................     
Interest payable ..............................................................................................................................     
Amount due to Hargray(2) ...............................................................................................................     
All other accrued liabilities ............................................................................................................     
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...........................................................................   $ 

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

22,686     $ 
20,279       
26,467       
7,425       
4,021       
6,300       
3,772       
30,646       
7,292       
8,847       
13,387       
4,128       
6,822       
12,067       
174,139     $ 

36,351   
19,620   
23,189   
7,550   
4,201   
6,550   
4,601   
11,045   
6,174   
5,801   
-   
175   
-   
11,736   
136,993   

(1) 
(2) 

Consists of the unfunded portion of the Company’s equity investment in Wisper. Refer to note 6 for details on this transaction. 
Consists of amounts due to Hargray in connection with transition services provided as part of the Anniston Exchange. Refer to note 6 for details on this transaction. 

Other noncurrent liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Operating lease liabilities ...............................................................................................................   $ 
Accrued compensation and related benefits ...................................................................................     
Deferred revenue ............................................................................................................................     
MBI net option (as defined in note 6)(1) .........................................................................................     
All other noncurrent liabilities .......................................................................................................     
Total other noncurrent liabilities ................................................................................................   $ 

8,701     $ 
10,086       
4,981       
73,310       
3,549       
100,627     $ 

11,146   
7,154   
5,514   
-   
3,043   
26,857   

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

(1) 

Consists of the net value of the Company’s call and put options associated with the remaining equity interests in MBI, valued at $0.7 million and $74.0  million, respectively, 
as of December 31, 2020. Refer to note 6 for details on this transaction. 

6.  

EQUITY INVESTMENTS 

On May 4, 2020, the Company made a minority equity investment for a less than 10% ownership interest in AMG Technology Investment 
Group, LLC, a wireless internet service provider (“Nextlink”), for $27.2 million. On July 10, 2020, the Company acquired a 40.4% minority 
equity interest in Wisper ISP, LLC, a wireless internet service provider (“Wisper”), for total consideration of $25.3 million. The Company 
funded $11.9 million of the total consideration for Wisper in 2020 and expects to fund the remainder in 2021. On October 1, 2020, the 
Company contributed its Anniston, Alabama system (the “Anniston System”) to Hargray Acquisition Holdings, LLC, a data, video and 
voice services provider (“Hargray”), in exchange for an approximately 15% equity interest in Hargray on a fully diluted basis (the “Anniston 
Exchange”)  and  recognized  an  $82.6  million  non-cash  gain.  On  November  12,  2020,  the  Company  acquired  a  45.0%  minority  equity 
interest in Mega Broadband Investments Holdings LLC, a data, video and voice services provider (“MBI”), for $574.9 million in cash. 

F-19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
The carrying value of the Company’s equity investments without readily determinable fair values were determined based on fair valuations 
as of their respective acquisition dates, and consisted of the following (dollars in thousands): 

   Ownership 
Percentage 

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Cost Method Investments 
Hargray(1) .......................................................................................................      
Nextlink .........................................................................................................      
Others .............................................................................................................      
Total cost method investments ...................................................................      

Equity Method Investments 
MBI(2) .............................................................................................................      
Wisper ............................................................................................................      
Total equity method investments ...............................................................      

Total equity investments ................................................................................      

~15% 
<10% 
<10% 

45.0% 
40.4% 

    $ 

     $ 

    $ 

     $ 

     $ 

113,165    $ 
27,245      
10,066      
150,476    $ 

630,679    $ 
26,626      
657,305    $ 

-  
-  
206  
206  

-  
-  
-  

807,781    $ 

206  

(1) 

(2) 

The Company calculated the fair value of Hargray’s total enterprise value using a hybrid of both the discounted cash flow method of the income approach and the guideline
public company method of the market approach. Significant assumptions used in the valuation include projected revenue growth rates, future EBITDA margins, future 
capital expenditures and an appropriate discount rate. The enterprise value less Hargray’s debt and unamortized debt issuance costs was multiplied by Cable One’s minority
equity interest percentage to determine the Hargray investment’s carrying value. The resulting non-cash gain was calculated as the difference between this carrying value
and the book value of the Anniston System’s net assets, including its proportionate share of the Company’s franchise agreement and goodwill assets. The approximately 
15% equity interest in Hargray is on a fully diluted basis. 
The Company holds a call option to purchase all but not less than all of the remaining equity interests in MBI that the Company does not already own between January 1, 
2023 and June 30, 2024. If the call option is not exercised, certain investors in MBI hold a put option to sell (and to cause all members of MBI other than the Company to
sell) to the Company all but not less than all of the remaining equity interests in MBI that the Company does not already own between July 1, 2025 and September 30, 2025. 
The call and put options (collectively referred to as the "net option") are measured at fair value using Monte Carlo simulations that rely on assumptions around MBI’s equity 
value, MBI’s and the Company’s equity volatility, MBI’s and the Company’s EBITDA volatility, risk adjusted discount rates and the Company’s cost of debt, among others. 
The final MBI purchase price allocation resulted in $630.7 million being allocated to the MBI equity investment and $19.7 million and $75.5 million being allocated to the 
call and put options, respectively. The net option is remeasured at fair value on a quarterly basis resulting in a $17.5 million change in fair value of the net option during the
period  ended  December  31,  2020  which  is  reported  within  other  income  (expense),  net,  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations  and  comprehensive  income.  The 
$73.3 million carrying value of the net option liability is included within other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. 

The carrying value of MBI exceeded the Company’s underlying equity in MBI’s net assets by $529.7 million as of December 31, 2020. A 
portion of the excess will be allocated to amortizable assets within the investment and will be amortized as the Company records its share 
of MBI’s income on a quarterly basis. 

The Company recognized $1.4 million of Wisper net income within equity method investment earnings in the consolidated statement of 
operations and comprehensive income for 2020, which increased the investment’s carrying value. 

The Company assesses each equity investment for indicators of impairment on a quarterly basis. No impairments were recorded for any of 
the periods presented. The MBI call and put options are remeasured at fair value on a quarterly basis, with any changes in fair value reported 
within other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

7.  

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Cable distribution systems .............................................................................................................   $ 
Customer premise equipment .........................................................................................................     
Other equipment and fixtures .........................................................................................................     
Buildings and improvements ..........................................................................................................     
Capitalized software .......................................................................................................................     
Construction in progress ................................................................................................................     
Land ...............................................................................................................................................     
ROU assets .....................................................................................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment, gross .........................................................................................     
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization .........................................................................     
Property, plant and equipment, net .............................................................................................   $ 

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

1,916,048     $ 
283,831       
463,469       
117,367       
107,107       
89,488       
13,293       
10,314       
3,000,917       
(1,735,457 )     
1,265,460     $ 

1,779,964   
266,190   
444,799   
113,331   
99,988   
93,352   
13,361   
10,187   
2,821,172   
(1,619,901 ) 
1,201,271   

F-20 

  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
      
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
  
      
        
        
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
 
 
The  balance  at  December  31,  2020  included  $13.9  million  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  acquired  in  the  Valu-Net  acquisition  and 
excluded $16.4 million of property, plant and equipment disposed of in the Anniston Exchange. 

Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment was $220.2 million, $197.5 million and $186.0 million in 2020, 
2019 and 2018, respectively. 

In 2020, the Company recognized an $82.6 million non-cash gain in connection with the Anniston Exchange. In 2019, a portion of the 
Company’s previous headquarters building and adjoining property was sold for $6.3 million in gross proceeds and the Company recognized 
a related gain of $1.6 million. 

8.  

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The carrying amount of goodwill was $430.5 million and $429.6 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, with the increase 
pertaining to $5.3 million of goodwill recognized in the Valu-Net acquisition, partially offset by $4.3 million of goodwill disposed of in 
the Anniston Exchange. The Company has not historically recorded any impairment of goodwill. 

Intangible assets consisted of the following (dollars in thousands): 

December 31, 2020 

December 31, 2019 

Useful Life 
Range 
(in years) 

Gross 
Carrying  
Amount 

Accumulated  
Amortization      

Net  
Carrying  
Amount 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization      

Net 
Carrying 
Amount 

Finite-Lived Intangible 

Assets 

Franchise renewals .................      
1 – 25 
Customer relationships ...........       13.5 – 17 
Trademarks and trade names .       2.7 – 3 
10 – 15 
Wireless licenses ....................      

    $ 

2,927     $ 
369,700       
4,300       
1,418       

2,927     $ 
81,865       
2,552       
15       

-     $ 
287,835       
1,748       
1,403       

2,927     $ 
362,000       
4,300       
-       

2,895     $ 
37,470       
1,552       
-       

32   
324,530   
2,748   
-   

Total finite-lived 

intangible assets ............        

      $  378,345     $ 

87,359     $ 

290,986     $  369,227     $ 

41,917     $ 

327,310   

Indefinite-Lived Intangible 

Assets 

Franchise agreements .............      
Trade names ...........................      

Total indefinite-lived 

intangible assets ............        

      $ 

979,712       
7,500       

      $ 

978,371   
6,700   

      $ 

987,212       

      $ 

985,071   

Total intangible assets, net .....      

      $ 

1,278,198       

      $ 

1,312,381   

The increase in intangible assets from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020 related to customer relationships, trade name and franchise 
agreements associated with the Valu-Net acquisition as well as purchased wireless licenses, partially offset by $9.9 million of franchise 
agreements disposed of in connection with the Anniston Exchange. 

Intangible asset amortization expense was $45.5 million, $19.2 million and $11.7 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

The future amortization of existing finite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 was as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2021 ................................................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2022 ................................................................................................................................................................................      
2023 ................................................................................................................................................................................      
2024 ................................................................................................................................................................................      
2025 ................................................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter ........................................................................................................................................................................      
Total ........................................................................................................................................................................    $ 

Amount 

40,495   
35,528   
28,816   
23,886   
21,962   
140,299   
290,986   

Actual amortization expense in future periods may differ from the amounts above as a result of intangible asset acquisitions or divestitures, 
changes in useful life estimates, impairments or other relevant factors. 

F-21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
      
     
         
         
         
         
         
         
  
      
      
      
  
  
      
     
         
         
         
         
         
         
  
      
     
         
         
         
         
         
         
  
     
        
        
        
     
        
        
        
        
        
     
      
        
        
  
      
     
         
         
         
         
         
         
  
     
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
9.  

LEASES 

As a lessee, the Company has operating leases for buildings, equipment, data centers, fiber optic networks and towers and finance leases 
for  buildings and  fiber  optic  networks.  These leases  have  remaining lease  terms  ranging  from  less  than  1  year  to  23  years,  with  some 
including an option to extend the lease for up to 15 additional years and some including an option to terminate the lease within 1 year. 

As a lessor, the Company has operating leases for the use of its fiber optic networks, towers and customer premise equipment. These leases 
have remaining lease terms ranging from less than 1 year to 14 years, with some including a lessee option to extend the leases for up to 5 
additional years and some including an option to terminate the lease within 1 year. 

Significant judgment is required when determining whether a fiber optic network access contract contains a lease, defining the duration of 
the lease term and selecting an appropriate discount rate, as discussed below: 

(cid:404)  The Company concluded it was the lessee or lessor for fiber optic network access arrangements only when the asset is specifically 
identifiable and both substantially all the economic benefit is obtained by the lessee and the lessee’s right to direct the use of the 
asset exists. 

(cid:404)  The Company’s lease terms are only for periods in which there are enforceable rights. For accounting purposes, a lease is no
longer enforceable when both the lessee and the lessor each have the right to terminate the lease without requiring permission 
from the other party with no more than an insignificant penalty. The Company’s lease terms are impacted by options to extend
or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise such options. 

(cid:404)  Most of the Company’s leases do not contain an implicit interest rate. Therefore, the Company held discussions with lenders, 
evaluated its published credit rating and incorporated interest rates on currently held debt in determining discount rates that reflect 
what the Company would pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over similar terms for its lease obligations. 

As of December 31, 2020, additional operating leases that have not yet commenced were not material. Additionally, lessor accounting 
disclosures were not material as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

Lessee Financial Information. The Company’s ROU assets and lease liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

ROU Assets 
Property, plant and equipment, net: 

Finance leases ............................................................................................................................   $ 

8,979     $ 

9,665   

Other noncurrent assets: 

Operating leases .........................................................................................................................   $ 

13,408     $ 

16,924   

Lease Liabilities 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities: 

Operating leases .........................................................................................................................   $ 

3,772     $ 

4,601   

Current portion of long-term debt: 

Finance leases ............................................................................................................................   $ 

661     $ 

589   

Long-term debt: 

Finance leases ............................................................................................................................   $ 

4,805     $ 

5,354   

Other noncurrent liabilities: 

Operating leases .........................................................................................................................   $ 

8,701     $ 

11,146   

Total: 

Finance leases ............................................................................................................................   $ 
Operating leases .........................................................................................................................   $ 

5,466     $ 
12,473     $ 

5,943   
15,747   

F-22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
 
 
The components of the Company’s lease expense were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 
2020 

Finance lease expense: 

Amortization of ROU assets ......................................................................................................   $ 
Interest on lease liabilities ..........................................................................................................     
Operating lease expense .................................................................................................................     
Short-term lease expense ................................................................................................................     
Variable lease expense ...................................................................................................................     
Total lease expense ................................................................................................................   $ 

812     $ 
382       
5,480       
113       
23       
6,810     $ 

537   
302   
5,260   
940   
168   
7,207   

Amortization of ROU assets is included within depreciation and amortization expense; interest on lease liabilities is included within interest 
expense; and operating, short-term and variable lease expense is included within operating expenses and selling, general and administrative 
expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. 

Supplemental lessee financial information is as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 
2020 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: 

Finance leases - financing cash flows ........................................................................................   $ 
Finance leases - operating cash flows ........................................................................................   $ 
Operating leases - operating cash flows .....................................................................................   $ 

ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities: 

Finance leases(1) .........................................................................................................................   $ 
Operating leases(2) ......................................................................................................................   $ 

604     $ 
382     $ 
5,370     $ 

127     $ 
1,131     $ 

(1) 
(2) 

The amount for 2019 includes $3.9 million of ROU assets acquired in the Fidelity transaction. 
The amount for 2019 includes $3.3 million and $1.4 million of ROU assets acquired in the Clearwave and Fidelity transactions, respectively. 

Weighted average remaining lease term: 

Finance leases (in years) ............................................................................................................      
Operating leases (in years) .........................................................................................................      

Weighted average discount rate: 

Finance leases ............................................................................................................................      
Operating leases .........................................................................................................................      

12.8        
4.4        

6.22 %     
4.72 %     

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

925   
302   
5,293   

5,408   
9,767   

14.1  
4.7  

6.26% 
4.94% 

As of December 31, 2020, the future maturities of existing lease liabilities were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2021 ...............................................................................................................................................    $ 
2022 ...............................................................................................................................................      
2023 ...............................................................................................................................................      
2024 ...............................................................................................................................................      
2025 ...............................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter .......................................................................................................................................      
Total ...........................................................................................................................................      
Less: Present value discount ..........................................................................................................      
Lease liability .........................................................................................................................    $ 

Finance 
Leases 

Operating 
Leases 

1,008     $ 
1,019       
1,026       
1,008       
985       
8,498       
13,544       
(8,078 )     
5,466     $ 

4,258  
3,279  
2,729  
1,298  
811  
1,483  
13,858  
(1,385) 
12,473  

10.  

DEBT 

The carrying amount of long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Senior Credit Facilities (as defined below) ....................................................................................   $ 
New Notes (as defined below) .......................................................................................................     
Finance lease liabilities ..................................................................................................................     
Total debt ...................................................................................................................................     
Less: Unamortized debt issuance costs ..........................................................................................     
Less: Current portion of long-term debt .........................................................................................     
Total long-term debt ...............................................................................................................   $ 

1,541,621     $ 
650,000       
5,466       
2,197,087       
(21,897 )     
(26,392 )     
2,148,798     $ 

1,753,045   
-   
5,943   
1,758,988   
(18,142 ) 
(28,909 ) 
1,711,937   

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

F-23 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
      
         
  
      
         
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
Original Notes. On June 17, 2015, the Company issued $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.75% senior unsecured notes due 
2022  (the  “Original  Notes”).  The  Original  Notes  were  jointly  and  severally  guaranteed  on  a  senior  unsecured  basis  by  each  of  the 
subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities described below. The Original Notes were scheduled to mature on June 15, 2022 
and interest was payable on June 15th and December 15th of each year. The indenture governing the Original Notes provided for early 
redemption of the Original Notes, at the option of the Company, at the prices and subject to the terms specified in the indenture. 

On June 15, 2019, the Company redeemed all $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding Original Notes (the “Original Note 
Redemption”). In conjunction with the Original Note Redemption, the Company incurred a $6.5 million call premium and wrote off the 
remaining $3.8 million of unamortized debt issuance cost associated with the Original Notes. These amounts are recorded within other 
income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. 

Senior Credit Facilities.  

Chronology 
On June 30, 2015, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) among the Company, as borrower, the lenders 
party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”), as administrative agent, and the other agents party thereto, which provided for 
a five-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million (the “Original Revolving Credit Facility”) and a 
five-year term loan facility (the “Original Term Loan”). 

On  May  1,  2017,  the  Company  and  the  lenders  amended  and  restated  the  Credit  Agreement  (the  “Amended  and  Restated  Credit 
Agreement”) and the Company incurred $750.0 million of senior secured loans (the “2017 New Loans”), a portion of which were used to 
repay in full the Original Term Loan. The 2017 New Loans consisted of a five-year term “A” loan in an original aggregate principal amount 
of $250.0 million, which was refinanced in connection with the Second Restatement Agreement (as defined below), and a seven-year term 
“B” loan in an original aggregate principal amount of $500.0 million (the “Term Loan B-1”). 

On January 7, 2019, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Amendment No. 2”) 
with CoBank, ACB (“CoBank”), as lender, and JPMorgan, as administrative agent, and incurred a new seven-year incremental term “B” 
loan in an aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million (the “Term Loan B-2”). 

On April 12, 2019, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Amendment No. 3”) 
with  CoBank,  as  lender,  and  JPMorgan,  as  administrative  agent,  to  provide  for  a  new  delayed  draw  incremental  term  “B”  loan  in  an 
aggregate principal amount of $325.0 million (the “Term Loan B-3”). The Term Loan B-3 was drawn in full on June 14, 2019. 

On May 8, 2019, the Company entered into a Second Restatement Agreement with JPMorgan, as administrative agent, and the lenders 
party thereto, to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Second Restatement Agreement”). The Second 
Restatement Agreement provided for a new senior secured term “A” loan in an aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million (the “Initial 
Term Loan A-2”), a new senior secured delayed draw term “A” loan in an aggregate principal amount of $450.0 million (the “Delayed 
Draw Term Loan A-2,” and collectively with the Initial Term Loan A-2, the “Term Loan A-2”) and a new $350.0 million senior secured 
revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The Delayed Draw Term Loan A-2 was drawn in full on October 1, 2019 and 
has the same terms as, and constitutes one class of term loans with, the Initial Term Loan A-2. The Second Restatement Agreement did not 
alter the principal terms of the Company’s previously established Term Loan B-1, Term Loan B-2 or Term Loan B-3. 

The Revolving Credit Facility was scheduled to mature on May 8, 2024 prior to its extension pursuant to the Third Restatement Agreement 
(as defined and described below). The Revolving Credit Facility gives the Company the ability to issue letters of credit, which reduce the 
amount available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Company is required to pay commitment fees on any unused 
portion of the Revolving Credit Facility at a rate between 0.20% per annum and 0.30% per annum, determined on a quarterly basis by 
reference to a pricing grid based on the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Third Restatement Agreement). 

F-24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In January 2020, the Company issued letters of credit totaling $22.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility on behalf of Wisper to 
guarantee its performance obligations under a Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) broadband funding program. The fair value 
of the letters of credit approximates face value based on the short-term nature of the agreements. The Company would be liable for up to 
the total amount outstanding under the letters of credit if Wisper were to fail to satisfy all or some of its performance obligations under the 
FCC  program.  Wisper  pledged  certain  assets  in  favor  of  the  Company  as  collateral  for  issuing  the  letters  of  credit,  which  pledge  was 
terminated in the third quarter of 2020 at the same time that the Company closed an equity investment in Wisper, and Wisper has guaranteed 
and indemnified the Company in connection with such letters of credit. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has assessed the likelihood 
of non-performance associated with the guarantee to be remote, and therefore, no liability has been accrued within the consolidated balance 
sheet. 

In March 2020, the Company borrowed $100.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility for general corporate purposes, including for 
small acquisitions and strategic investments. The outstanding balance was repaid in full in May 2020 using a portion of the net proceeds 
from the Company’s public offering of common stock (the “Public Offering”). Refer to note 14 for information on the Public Offering. 

On  October  30,  2020,  the  Company  and  certain  of  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  entered  into  a  Third  Restatement  Agreement  with 
JPMorgan, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto to amend and restate the Second Restatement Agreement (the “Third 
Restatement Agreement”). The Third Restatement Agreement amended the Second Restatement Agreement to, among other things, (i) 
upsize the Term Loan B-3 by $300.0 million (the “TLB-3 Upsize”) and extend the scheduled maturity of the Term Loan B-2 and the Term 
Loan B-3 to October 30, 2027, (ii) increase the aggregate principal amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility by $150.0 
million to $500.0 million and extend the scheduled maturity of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan A-2 to October 30, 2025 
and (iii) reset the amortization schedule of the Term Loan A-2 so that the Term Loan A-2 will amortize in equal quarterly installments 
following the date of the amendment and restatement at a rate (expressed as a percentage of the outstanding principal amount on October 
30, 2020) of 2.5% per annum for each of the first two years, 5.0% per annum for the third year, 7.5% per annum for the fourth year and 
12.5% per annum for the fifth year (in each case subject to customary adjustments in the event of any prepayment), with the balance due 
upon maturity. Except as described above, the Third Restatement Agreement did not make any material changes to the terms of the Term 
Loan A-2, the Term Loan B-2, the Term Loan B-3 or the Revolving Credit Facility. The Company used the net proceeds from the TLB-3 
Upsize,  together  with  cash  on  hand,  to  repay  all  $483.8  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  its  outstanding  Term  Loan  B-1.  The 
Revolving Credit Facility, the Term Loan A-2, the Term Loan B-2 and the Term Loan B-3 are collectively referred to as the “Senior Credit 
Facilities.” 

General Terms 
The Senior Credit Facilities are guaranteed by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) and are secured, subject to 
certain exceptions, by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors. 

The interest margins applicable to the Senior Credit Facilities are, at the Company’s option, equal to either LIBOR or a base rate, plus an 
applicable margin equal to, (i) with respect to the Term Loan A-2 and the Revolving Credit Facility, 1.25% to 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 
0.25% to 0.75% for base rate loans, determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing grid based on the Company’s Total Net 
Leverage Ratio, (ii) with respect to the Term Loan B-1, (x) for any day on or prior to April 22, 2018, 2.25% for LIBOR loans and 1.25% 
for base rate loans and (y) for any day thereafter through its repayment, 1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0.75% for base rate loans, and (iii) 
with respect to the Term Loan B-2 and the Term Loan B-3, 2.0% for LIBOR loans and 1.0% for base rate loans. 

The Company may, subject to certain specified terms and provisions, obtain additional credit facilities of up to $700.0 million under the 
Third Restatement Agreement plus an unlimited amount so long as, on a pro forma basis, the Company’s First Lien Net Leverage Ratio 
(as defined in the Third Restatement Agreement) is no greater than 3.0 to 1.0. 

The  Third  Restatement  Agreement  contains  customary  representations,  warranties  and  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including 
limitations on indebtedness, liens, restricted payments, prepayments of certain indebtedness, investments, dispositions of assets, restrictions 
on subsidiary distributions and negative pledge clauses, fundamental changes, transactions with affiliates and amendments to organizational 
documents. The Third Restatement Agreement also requires the Company to maintain specified ratios of total net indebtedness and first 
lien net indebtedness to consolidated operating cash flow. The Third Restatement Agreement also contains customary events of default, 
including non-payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts, material inaccuracy of any representation or warranty, failure to observe 
or  perform  any  covenant,  default  in  respect  of  other  material  debt  of  the  Company  and  of  its  restricted  subsidiaries,  bankruptcy  or 
insolvency, the entry against the Company or any of its restricted subsidiaries of a material judgment, the occurrence of certain ERISA 
events, impairment of the loan documentation and the occurrence of a change of control. 

F-25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Summary 
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $1.5 billion of aggregate outstanding term loan borrowings, $29.6 million of letter of credit 
issuances held for the benefit of performance obligations under government grant programs and certain general and liability insurance 
matters that bore interest at a rate of 1.63% per annum and $470.4 million available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility. A 
summary of the Company’s outstanding term loans under the Senior Credit Facilities as of December 31, 2020 is as follows (dollars in 
thousands): 

Instrument 
Term Loan A-2 ..  

$ 

700,000 

   Draw Date 
5/8/2019 (3) 
10/1/2019 (3)    
1/7/2019 
6/14/2019 (5) 
10/30/2020 (5)      
Total ....................................    $  1,575,000       

250,000       
625,000 

Term Loan B-2 ..    
Term Loan B-3 ..  

Original  
Principal 

Amortization 
Per Annum(1)      
Varies (4) 

$ 

Outstanding  
Principal 

676,611 

Final 
Maturity 
Date 
10/30/2025 

Balance 
Due Upon 
Maturity 

$ 

476,607 

Benchmark 
Rate 
LIBOR 

Applicable 
Margin(2)      
1.50% 

Interest 
Rate 
1.65% 

1.0% 
1.0% 

245,625    10/30/2027      
619,385 

10/30/2027 

228,750    LIBOR 
LIBOR 
577,472 

2.00% 
2.00% 

       2.15%    
2.15% 

      $ 

1,541,621     

  $  1,282,829     

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 
(4) 
(5) 

Payable in equal quarterly installments (expressed as a percentage of the original principal amount and subject to customary adjustments in the event of any prepayment). 
All loans may be prepaid at any time without penalty or premium (subject to customary LIBOR breakage provisions). 
The Term Loan A-2 interest rate spread can vary between 1.25% and 1.75%, determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing grid based on the Company’s Total 
Net Leverage Ratio. All other applicable margins are fixed. 
On May 8, 2019, $250.0 million was drawn. On October 1, 2019, an additional $450.0 million was drawn. On October 30, 2020, the amortization schedule was reset. 
Per annum amortization rates for years one through five following the October 30, 2020 refinancing date are 2.5%, 2.5%, 5.0%, 7.5% and 12.5%, respectively. 
On June 14, 2019, $325.0 million was drawn. On October 30, 2020, an additional $300.0 million was drawn. 

New Notes. On November 9, 2020, the Company completed a private offering of $650.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.00% 
senior notes due 2030 (the “New Notes”). The terms of the New Notes are governed by an indenture dated as of November 9, 2020 (the 
“Indenture”), among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. 

The New Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.00% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, 
beginning on May 15, 2021. The New Notes are required to be guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Company’s existing 
and  future  wholly  owned  domestic  subsidiaries  that  guarantees  the  Company’s  obligations  under  its  Senior  Credit  Facilities  or  that 
guarantees certain capital markets debt of the Company or a guarantor in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $250.0 million. 

At any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2025, the Company may redeem some or all of the New Notes for cash at a 
redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus the “make-whole” premium described in the Indenture and accrued and 
unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. Beginning on November 15, 2025, the Company may redeem 
some or all of the New Notes at any time and from time to time at the applicable redemption prices listed in the Indenture, plus accrued 
and  unpaid  interest,  if  any,  to,  but  excluding,  the  applicable  redemption  date.  In  addition,  at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time  prior  to 
November 15, 2023, the Company may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Notes with funds in an aggregate 
amount not exceeding the net cash proceeds from one or more equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 104% of the principal amount 
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date. 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Rating Event (each as defined in the Indenture), the Company 
is required to offer to repurchase the New Notes at 101% of the principal amount of such New Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if 
any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase. 

The Indenture contains covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, limit (i) the Company’s ability and the ability 
of its subsidiaries to incur any liens securing indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) the Company’s ability to consolidate or merge with or 
into another person or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) 
and (iii) the ability of the guarantors to consolidate with or merge with or into another person. 

The Indenture provides for customary events of default which include (subject in certain cases to customary grace and cure periods), among 
others, nonpayment of principal or interest, breach of other agreements or covenants in respect of the New Notes, failure to pay certain 
other  indebtedness  at  final  maturity, acceleration  of  certain  indebtedness  prior  to final  maturity,  failure  to  pay certain  final  judgments, 
failure of certain guarantees to be enforceable and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency. 

F-26 

  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
      
    
  
      
      
  
    
  
    
      
  
    
        
    
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Debt Issuance Costs. In connection with various financing transactions completed during 2020 and 2019, the Company capitalized $15.1 
million and $11.8 million of debt issuance costs and wrote-off to other expense $6.2 million and $4.2 million of existing unamortized debt 
issuance costs, respectively. The Company recorded debt issuance cost amortization of $4.3 million, $4.6 million and $4.2 million during 
2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, within interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

Unamortized debt issuance costs consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Revolving Credit Facility portion: 

Other noncurrent assets ..............................................................................................................   $ 

3,249     $ 

2,427   

Term loans and New Notes portion: 

Long-term debt (contra account) ................................................................................................     
Total .......................................................................................................................................   $ 

21,897       
25,146     $ 

18,142   
20,569   

The future maturities of outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2020 were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2021 ................................................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2022 ................................................................................................................................................................................      
2023 ................................................................................................................................................................................      
2024 ................................................................................................................................................................................      
2025 ................................................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter ........................................................................................................................................................................      
Total ........................................................................................................................................................................    $ 

Amount 

25,731   
29,986   
47,008   
68,285   
549,147   
1,471,464   
2,191,621   

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2020. 

11.  

INCOME TAXES 

The income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Current  

Deferred  

Total  

Year Ended December 31, 2020 
U.S. Federal ...................................................................................................    $ 
State and local ................................................................................................      
Total ...........................................................................................................    $ 

(14,633)   $ 
3,764      
(10,869)   $ 

74,164    $ 
13,022      
87,186    $ 

Year Ended December 31, 2019 
U.S. Federal ...................................................................................................    $ 
State and local ................................................................................................      
Total ...........................................................................................................    $ 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 
U.S. Federal ...................................................................................................    $ 
State and local ................................................................................................      
Total ...........................................................................................................    $ 

1,249    $ 
3,678      
4,927    $ 

10,214    $ 
2,284      
12,498    $ 

43,270    $ 
7,036      
50,306    $ 

32,176    $ 
2,550      
34,726    $ 

59,531  
16,786  
76,317  

44,519  
10,714  
55,233  

42,390  
4,834  
47,224  

F-27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
The income tax provision is different than the amount of income tax calculated by applying the U.S. Federal statutory rate of 21.0% to 
income before income taxes as a result of the following items (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

U.S. Federal taxes at statutory rate .................................................................    $ 
State and local taxes, net of U.S. Federal tax .................................................      
CARES Act benefit (as defined and described below) ...................................      
Equity-based compensation............................................................................      
Valuation allowance .......................................................................................      
Section 162(m) limitation ..............................................................................      
Other items .....................................................................................................      
Income tax provision ......................................................................................    $ 

79,660    $ 
13,261      
(13,039)     
(10,993)     
4,322      
1,564      
1,542      
76,317    $ 

49,101    $ 
8,464      
-      
(5,296)     
-      
656      
2,308      
55,233    $ 

44,517  
3,816  
-  
(3,690) 
-  
113  
2,468  
47,224  

The net deferred income tax liability consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Other benefit obligations ................................................................................................................   $ 
Equity-based compensation............................................................................................................     
Net operating losses .......................................................................................................................     
Accrued bonus ...............................................................................................................................     
Reserves .........................................................................................................................................     
Lease liabilities ..............................................................................................................................     
Interest rate swap ...........................................................................................................................     
Capital losses .................................................................................................................................     
Other items .....................................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets, gross ...........................................................................................................     
Less: Valuation allowance .............................................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets, net ..............................................................................................................     

Property, plant and equipment .......................................................................................................     
Goodwill and other intangible assets ..............................................................................................     
Investments in subsidiaries and partnerships ..................................................................................     
ROU assets .....................................................................................................................................     
Prepaid expenses ............................................................................................................................     
Other items .....................................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax liabilities ................................................................................................................     

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

1,789     $ 
4,324       
2,951       
3,947       
1,194       
3,079       
45,913       
4,322       
3,856       
71,375       
(4,322 )     
67,053       

233,427       
160,442       
29,043       
5,121       
3,500       
2,195       
433,728       

1,890   
4,563   
25,532   
2,313   
1,134   
4,659   
22,101   
-   
2,104   
64,296   
-   
64,296   

201,208   
159,074   
-   
5,201   
2,127   
-   
367,610   

Net deferred income tax liability ............................................................................................   $ 

366,675     $ 

303,314   

The valuation allowance disclosed above relates to capital losses from the MBI net option that may not be realized. 

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was enacted in response to the COVID-
19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among other things, permits net operating loss (“NOL”) carrybacks to offset up to 100% of taxable income 
for taxable years beginning before 2021. In addition, the CARES Act allows NOLs incurred in 2020, 2019 and 2018 to be carried back to 
each of the five preceding taxable years to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes. As a result, the Company carried its 2019 
U.S. Federal tax NOL back and generated a $13.0 million benefit, as a portion of the NOL was carried back to years that had higher enacted 
income tax rates. 

There were $0.5 million of tax-effected U.S. Federal tax NOLs available for carryforward at December 31, 2020, which were generated by 
NewWave  prior  to  its  acquisition  and  have  expiration  dates  through  2036.  The  use  of  pre-acquisition  operating  losses  is  subject  to 
limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Company does not anticipate that these limitations will affect 
utilization of the carryforwards prior to their expiration. The Company had $2.4 million of tax-effected state tax NOL carryforwards at 
December 31, 2020, which will have expiration dates through 2039. 

The Company endeavors to comply with tax laws and regulations where it does business, but cannot guarantee that, if challenged, the 
Company’s interpretation of all relevant tax laws and regulations will prevail and that all tax benefits recorded in the consolidated financial 
statements  will ultimately  be  recognized  in  full.  The  Company has  taken  reasonable efforts  to  address  uncertain  tax  positions  and  has 
determined that there are no material transactions and no material tax positions taken by the Company that would fail to meet the more-
likely-than-not threshold for recognizing transactions or tax positions in the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the Company 
has  not  recorded  a  reserve  for  uncertain  tax  positions  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  the  Company  does  not  expect  any 
significant tax increase or decrease to occur within the next 12 months with respect to any transactions or tax positions taken and reflected 
in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  In  making  these  determinations,  the  Company  presumes  that  taxing  authorities  pursuing 
examinations of the Company’s compliance with tax law filing requirements will have full knowledge of all relevant information, and, if 

F-28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
        
    
  
    
        
    
  
  
  
  
necessary, the Company will pursue resolution of disputed tax positions by appeals or litigation. The Company recognizes penalties and 
interest, if applicable, associated with any uncertain tax positions within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated 
statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

12.  

INTEREST RATE SWAPS 

The Company is party to two interest rate swap agreements, designated as cash flow hedges, to manage the risk of fluctuations in interest 
rates on its variable rate LIBOR debt. Changes in the fair values of the interest rate swaps are reported through other comprehensive income 
until the underlying hedged debt’s interest expense impacts net income, at which point the corresponding change in fair value is reclassified 
from accumulated other comprehensive income to interest expense. 

A summary of the significant terms of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements is as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Entry 
Date 

Effective 
Date 

Maturity 
Date(1) 

Notional  
Amount 

Settlement Type 

Settlement 
Frequency    

Fixed 
Base Rate    

Swap A ....................     3/7/2019     3/11/2019     3/11/2029    $ 
Swap B ....................     3/6/2019     6/15/2020     2/28/2029      

850,000   Receive one-month LIBOR, pay fixed 
350,000   Receive one-month LIBOR, pay fixed 

   Monthly 
   Monthly 

2.653 % 
2.739 % 

Total ....................      

  $  1,200,000     

(1) 

Each swap may be terminated prior to the scheduled maturity at the election of the Company or the financial institution counterparty under the terms provided in each swap 
agreement. 

The  combined  fair  values  of  the  Company’s  interest  rate  swaps  are  reflected  within  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  follows  (in 
thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Liabilities: 

Current portion: 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ................................................................................   $ 

30,646     $ 

11,045   

Noncurrent portion: 

Interest rate swap liability ......................................................................................................   $ 
Total ...............................................................................................................................................   $ 

155,357     $ 
186,003     $ 

78,612   
89,657   

Stockholders’ Equity: 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .........................................................................................   $ 

140,090     $ 

67,556   

The combined effect of the Company’s interest rate swaps on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income is as 
follows (in thousands): 

Interest expense ..............................................................................................................................   $ 

22,509     $ 

3,105   

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, gross ...................................................................................   $ 
Less: Tax effect ..............................................................................................................................     
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of tax .............................................................................   $ 

96,346     $ 
(23,812 )     
72,534     $ 

89,657   
(22,101 ) 
67,556   

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 
2020 

The Company does not hold any derivative instruments for speculative trading purposes. 

13.  

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

Financial Assets and Liabilities. The Company has estimated the fair values of its financial instruments as of December 31, 2020 using 
available market information or other appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data 
to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the following fair value estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the 
Company would realize in an actual market exchange. 

F-29 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
      
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The carrying amounts, fair values and related fair value hierarchy levels of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities as of December 
31, 2020 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

December 31, 2020 

Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

Fair Value 
Hierarchy 

Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents: 

Money market investments ..............................................................................    $ 

544,524    $ 

544,524  

Level 1 

Liabilities: 

Long-term debt (including current portion): 

Term loans .......................................................................................................    $ 
New Notes ........................................................................................................    $ 

1,541,621    $ 
650,000    $ 

1,534,113  
669,500  

Level 2 
Level 2 

Interest rate swap liability (including current portion): 

Interest rate swaps ............................................................................................    $ 

186,003    $ 

186,003  

Level 2 

Other noncurrent liabilities: 

MBI net option .................................................................................................    $ 

73,310    $ 

73,310  

Level 3 

Money market investments are held primarily in U.S. Treasury securities and registered money market funds and are valued using a market 
approach based on quoted market prices (level 1). Money market investments with original maturities of three months or less are included 
within cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of the term loans and New Notes are estimated based 
on market prices for similar instruments in active markets (level 2). Interest rate swaps are measured at fair value within the consolidated 
balance sheets on a recurring basis, with fair value determined using standard valuation models with assumptions about interest rates being 
based on those observed in underlying markets (level 2). The fair value of the MBI net option is measured using Monte Carlo simulations 
that use inputs considered unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement (level 3). 

The assumptions used to determine the fair value of the MBI net option as of December 31, 2020 consisted of the following: 

Equity volatility .............................................................................  
EBITDA volatility .........................................................................  
EBITDA risk-adjusted discount rate ..............................................  
Cost of debt ...................................................................................  

Cable One    
28.0%    
10.0%    
5.0%    
4.0%    

MBI 

30.0 % 
10.0 % 
6.5 % 

The Company regularly evaluates each of the assumptions used in establishing the fair value of the MBI net option. Significant changes in 
any of these assumptions could result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. A change in one of these assumptions is 
not necessarily accompanied by a change in another assumption. 

The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable and other financial assets and liabilities approximate fair value because of 
the short-term nature of these instruments. 

Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities. The Company’s nonfinancial assets, such as property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and 
goodwill, are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, and 
liabilities assumed in acquisitions are recorded at fair value on the respective acquisition dates, subject to potential future measurement 
period adjustments. Nonfinancial assets are subject to fair value adjustments when there is evidence that impairment may exist. No material 
impairments were recorded during any of the periods presented. 

14.  

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Public Equity Offering. In May 2020, the Company completed the Public Offering of 287,500 shares of its common stock for total net 
proceeds of $469.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds 
to repay in full its outstanding borrowings of $100.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility in May 2020 and it used the remainder for 
general corporate purposes, including for acquisitions and strategic investments. 

Treasury Stock. Treasury stock is recorded at cost and is presented as a reduction of stockholders’ equity in the consolidated financial 
statements.  Treasury  shares  of  147,695  held  at December  31,  2020  include  shares  repurchased under  the  Company’s  share  repurchase 
program and shares withheld for withholding tax, as described below. 

Share Repurchase Program. On July 1, 2015, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) authorized up to $250.0 million of share 
repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares of common stock). Purchases under the share repurchase program may be made from 
time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of 
factors, including share price and business and market conditions. Since the inception of the share repurchase program through December 
31,  2020,  the  Company  has  repurchased  210,631  shares  of  its  common  stock  at  an  aggregate  cost  of  $104.9  million.  No  shares  were 
repurchased during 2020. 

F-30 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
    
      
        
    
      
        
    
      
        
    
      
        
    
    
       
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Tax Withholding for Equity Awards. At the employee’s option, shares of common stock are withheld by the Company upon the vesting 
of  restricted  stock  and exercise of  stock  appreciation  rights  (“SARs”)  to  cover the  applicable  statutory minimum  amount  of employee 
withholding taxes, which the Company then pays to the taxing authorities in cash. The amounts remitted during 2020, 2019 and 2018 were 
$6.0 million, $3.0 million and $7.2 million, for which the Company withheld 3,861, 3,521 and 10,026 shares of common stock, respectively. 

15.  

EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION 

On June 5, 2015, the Board adopted the Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Original 2015 Plan”), which 
became effective on July 1, 2015. On May 2, 2017, the Company’s stockholders approved the Amended and Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 
Omnibus  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (the  “2015  Plan”),  which automatically  terminated,  replaced and  superseded the  Original 2015 
Plan, except that any outstanding awards granted under the Original 2015 Plan would remain in effect pursuant to their terms. The 2015 
Plan is designed to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by providing the employees and directors of the Company 
with incentives and rewards to encourage them to continue in the service of the Company and with a proprietary interest in pursuing the 
long-term growth, profitability and financial success of the Company. Any of the directors, officers, employees and consultants of the 
Company are eligible to be granted one or more of the following types of awards under the 2015 Plan: (1) incentive stock options, (2) non-
qualified stock options, (3) restricted stock awards, (4) SARs, (5) restricted stock units (“RSUs”), (6) cash-based awards, (7) performance-
based  awards,  (8)  dividend  equivalents  and  (9)  other  stock-based  awards,  including,  without  limitation,  performance  stock  units  and 
deferred stock units. Unless the 2015 Plan is sooner terminated by the Board, no awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after May 2, 
2027. 

The 2015 Plan provides that, subject to certain adjustments for specified corporate events, the maximum number of shares of Company 
common stock that may be issued under the 2015 Plan is 334,870, which is equal to the number of remaining shares of Company common 
stock available for future issuance under the Original 2015 Plan as of May 2, 2017, regardless of whether such shares were subject to 
outstanding awards as of such date, and no more than 329,962 shares may be issued pursuant to incentive stock options. At December 31, 
2020, 119,595 shares were available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. 

Compensation expense associated with equity-based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which 
is generally the vesting period of the award, with forfeitures recognized as incurred. The Company’s equity-based compensation expense, 
included within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, was 
as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

Restricted stock (as defined below) ................................................................    $ 
SARs ..............................................................................................................      
Total ...........................................................................................................    $ 

11,476    $ 
3,116      
14,592    $ 

7,994    $ 
4,306      
12,300    $ 

6,751  
3,735  
10,486  

The Company recognized income tax benefits of $11.1 million, $5.3 million and $3.7 million related to equity-based awards during 2020, 
2019 and 2018, respectively. The deferred tax asset related to all outstanding equity-based awards was $4.3 million as of December 31, 
2020. 

Restricted Stock. The Company has granted restricted shares of Company common stock subject to performance-based and/or service-
based vesting conditions to certain employees of the Company. Restricted share awards generally cliff-vest on the three-year anniversary 
of the grant date or in three or four equal ratable installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date (generally subject to the 
holder’s  continued  employment with  the  Company  through  the applicable  vesting  date), although  certain individual  awards  have  been 
granted with shorter vesting periods from time to time. Performance-based restricted shares are or were subject to performance metrics 
related primarily to three-year cumulative growth in Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures or year-over-year growth in Adjusted 
EBITDA and annual adjusted capital expenditures as a percentage of total revenues. Restricted shares are subject to the terms and conditions 
of the Original 2015 Plan or the 2015 Plan (in the case of awards made on or following May 2, 2017) and are otherwise subject to the terms 
and conditions of the applicable award agreement. 

The Company’s non-employee directors are entitled to an annual cash retainer of $75,000, plus an additional annual cash retainer for each 
committee chair or the lead independent director, and approximately $125,000 in RSUs. Such RSUs will generally be granted on the date 
of  the  Company’s  annual  stockholders’  meeting  and  will  vest  on  the  earlier  of  the  first  anniversary  of  the  grant  date  or  the  annual 
stockholders’  meeting  date  immediately  following  the  grant  date,  subject  to  the  director’s  continued  service  through  such  vesting 
date. Settlement of such RSUs will be in the form of one share of the Company’s common stock and will follow vesting, unless the director 
has previously elected to defer all or a portion of such settlement until his or her separation from service from the Board or a specified date. 
Non-employee directors may elect to defer their annual retainer and receive RSUs in lieu of annual cash fees. Any dividends associated 
with RSUs granted prior to the 2017 annual grant of RSUs are converted into dividend equivalent units (“DEUs”), which will be delivered 
at the time of settlement of the associated RSUs. 

F-31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Restricted shares, RSUs and DEUs are collectively referred to as “restricted stock.” A summary of restricted stock activity is as follows: 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 ...........................................................................................     
Granted ...........................................................................................................................................     
Forfeited .........................................................................................................................................     
Vested and issued ...........................................................................................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018 ...........................................................................................     
Granted ...........................................................................................................................................     
Forfeited .........................................................................................................................................     
Vested and issued ...........................................................................................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2019 ...........................................................................................     
Granted ...........................................................................................................................................     
Forfeited .........................................................................................................................................     
Vested and issued ...........................................................................................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2020 ...........................................................................................     

Weighted 
Average 

     Grant Date 
Fair Value 
Per Share 

Restricted 
Stock 

51,290     $ 
17,098     $ 
(2,455 )   $ 
(25,057 )   $ 
40,876     $ 
13,374     $ 
(4,111 )   $ 
(11,266 )   $ 
38,873     $ 
12,352     $ 
(5,491 )   $ 
(10,790 )   $ 
34,944     $ 

472.89  
715.74  
636.64  
397.53  
610.88  
885.66  
710.87  
493.80  
728.77  
1,573.50  
752.39  
682.84  
1,037.83  

Vested and deferred as of December 31, 2020 ...............................................................................     

6,655     $ 

618.54  

At December 31, 2020, there was $17.4 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock, which is expected to be 
recognized over a weighted average period of 1.1 years. 

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Company has granted SARs to certain executives and other employees of the Company. The SARs are 
scheduled to vest in four equal ratable installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date (generally subject to the holder’s 
continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date). The SARs are subject to the terms and conditions of the 
Original 2015 Plan or the 2015 Plan (in the case of awards made on or following May 2, 2017) and will otherwise be subject to the terms 
and conditions of the applicable award agreement. 

A summary of SAR activity is as follows: 

Stock  
Appreciation 
Rights 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair 
Value 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 
(in years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value  
(in 

thousands)      
23,173      
-      
9,418      

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 ..........................     
Granted ..........................................................................     
Exercised .......................................................................     
Forfeited ........................................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018 ..........................     
Granted ..........................................................................     
Exercised .......................................................................     
Forfeited ........................................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2019 ..........................     
Granted ..........................................................................     
Exercised .......................................................................     
Forfeited ........................................................................     
Outstanding as of December 31, 2020 ..........................     

102,458    $ 
21,000    $ 
(27,060)   $ 
(5,793)   $ 
90,605    $ 
29,000    $ 
(26,092)   $ 
(3,103)   $ 
90,410    $ 
8,000    $ 
(33,154)   $ 
(6,891)   $ 
58,365    $ 

477.62    $ 
744.47    $ 
435.11    $ 
502.08    $ 
550.60    $ 
900.90    $ 
491.12    $ 
659.01    $ 
676.41    $ 
1,701.74    $ 
553.69    $ 
846.81    $ 
866.54    $ 

100.91    $ 
181.21    $ 
90.06    $ 
108.22    $ 
122.29    $ 
209.57    $ 
105.94      
154.49      
153.90    $ 
423.92    $ 
120.91    $ 
199.27      
204.29    $ 

24,673      
-      
20,143      

73,419      
-      
39,099      

79,446      

Exercisable as of December 31, 2020 ...........................     

21,125    $ 

618.52    $ 

139.78    $ 

33,994      

F-32 

8.1  
8.7  
-  

7.2  
8.8  
-  

7.5  
9.5  
-  

7.3  

6.1  

  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
       
   
       
   
       
   
  
       
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
The grant date fair value of the Company’s SARs is measured using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The weighted average inputs used 
in the model for grants awarded during 2020, 2019 and 2018 were as follows: 

Expected volatility ........................................................................................      
Risk-free interest rate ....................................................................................      
Expected term (in years) ...............................................................................      
Expected dividend yield ................................................................................      

2020 

2019 

2018 

26.61%     
0.43%     
6.25       
0.56%     

21.69%     
2.25%     
6.25       
0.92%     

22.22% 
2.53% 
6.25  
0.97% 

The  Black-Scholes  model  used  to  estimate  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  SARs requires  the  input  of  highly  subjective 
assumptions. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different 
assumptions  are  used,  the  Company’s  equity-based  compensation  expense  could  be  materially  different  for  future  SAR  grants.  The 
assumptions for 2020 SAR grants were determined as follows: 

(cid:404) 

Fair Value of Common Stock — Valued by reference to the closing price of the Company’s publicly traded common stock on the
date of grant. 

(cid:404)  Expected Volatility — The Company estimated the expected future stock price volatility for its common stock by using its life-to-
date historical volatility based on daily price observations since it became a publicly traded company on July 1, 2015. Prior to 2019, 
expected volatility was calculated using a combination of historical Company stock prices and those of a peer group. 

(cid:404)  Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities

similar to the expected term of the SARs being valued. 

(cid:404)  Expected Term —  The expected  term  represents  the  period that the  Company’s SARs  are  expected  to  be  outstanding.  Prior to
becoming a standalone public company on July 1, 2015, the Company did not issue stock-based awards specific to Cable One and
therefore  does  not  yet  have  a  sufficient  history  on  which  to  base  an  estimate  of  the  period  that  its  SARs  are  expected  to  be
outstanding.  Accordingly,  the  expected  term  of  the  Company’s  SARs  is  based  on  the  “simplified  method”  which  defines  the
expected term as the average of the contractual term and the weighted-average vesting period for all tranches. 

(cid:404)  Expected Dividend Yield — The Company expects to continue to pay quarterly dividends in the future and, as such, the expected
dividend yield was calculated as the Company’s current annual dividend divided by the Company’s closing stock price on the grant
date. 

At December 31, 2020, there was $6.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to SARs, which is expected to be recognized 
over a weighted average period of 1.1 years. 

16.  

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding 
during the period. The denominator used in calculating diluted net income per common share further includes any common shares available 
to be issued upon vesting or exercise of outstanding equity-based compensation awards if such inclusion would be dilutive, calculated 
using the treasury stock method. 

The computation of basic and diluted net income per common share was as follows (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts): 

Numerator: 
Net income .....................................................................................................    $ 
Denominator: 
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic  ..................................      
Effect of dilutive equity-based awards(1) ........................................................      
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted ...............................      

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 

2020 

2018 

304,391    $ 

178,582    $ 

164,760  

5,884,780      
52,802      
5,937,582      

5,678,990      
58,866      
5,737,856      

5,684,375  
41,588  
5,725,963  

Net Income per Common Share: 

Basic ...........................................................................................................    $ 
Diluted .......................................................................................................    $ 

51.73    $ 
51.27    $ 

31.45    $ 
31.12    $ 

28.98  
28.77  

Supplemental Net Income per Common Share Disclosure: 
Anti-dilutive shares from equity-based compensation awards(1) ....................      

288      

409      

1,811  

(1) 

Equity-based  awards  whose  impact  is  considered  to  be  anti-dilutive  under  the  treasury  stock  method  were  excluded  from  the  diluted  net  income  per  common  share
calculation. 

F-33 

  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
 
 
17.  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Contractual  Obligations.  The  Company  has  obligations  to  make  future  payments  for  goods  and  services  under  certain  contractual 
arrangements. These contractual obligations secure the future rights to various goods and services to be used in the normal course of the 
Company’s operations. In accordance with applicable accounting rules, the future rights and obligations pertaining to firm commitments, 
such as certain purchase obligations under contracts, are not reflected as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  Company’s  outstanding  contractual  obligations  as  of  December 31,  2020  (including  amounts 
associated with data processing services, high-speed data connectivity and fiber-related obligations) and the estimated effect and timing 
that such obligations are expected to have on the Company’s liquidity and cash flows in future periods (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31,  
2021 ...................................................................   $ 
2022 ...................................................................     
2023 ...................................................................     
2024 ...................................................................     
2025 ...................................................................     
Thereafter ...........................................................     
Total ...........................................................   $ 

Programming 
Purchase  
Commitments(1)      

Lease 

Payments(2)      

Debt  
Payments(3)      

Other  
Purchase 
Obligations(4)     

138,582     $ 
55,119       
35,992       
15,763       
3,749       
-       
249,205     $ 

5,266    $ 
4,298      
3,755      
2,306      
1,796      
9,981      
27,402    $ 

25,731    $ 
29,986      
47,008      
68,285      
549,147      
1,471,464      
2,191,621    $ 

22,920    $ 
9,691      
4,517      
847      
503      
6,775      
45,253    $ 

Total 

192,499  
99,094  
91,272  
87,201  
555,195  
1,488,220  
2,513,481  

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

Programming purchase commitments represent contracts that the Company has with cable television networks and broadcast stations to provide programming services to 
subscribers.  The  amounts  reported  represent  estimates  of  the  future  programming  costs  for  these  purchase  commitments  based  on estimated  subscriber  numbers,  tier 
placements as of December 31, 2020 and the per-subscriber rates contained in the contracts. Actual amounts due under such contracts may differ from the amounts above
based on the actual subscriber numbers and tier placements at the time. Programming purchases pursuant to non-binding commitments are not reflected in the amounts 
shown. 
Lease payments include payment obligations related to the Company’s outstanding finance and operating lease arrangements as of December 31, 2020. 
Debt payments include principal repayment obligations for the Company’s outstanding debt instruments as of December 31, 2020. 
Other purchase obligations include purchase obligations related to capital projects and other legally binding commitments. Other purchase orders made in the ordinary 
course of business are excluded from the amounts shown but are included within accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. 

The Company incurs the following costs as part of its operations, however, they are not included within the contractual obligations table 
above for the reasons discussed below: 

(cid:404)  The Company rents space on utility poles in order to provide services to subscribers. Generally, pole rentals are cancellable on 
short notice. However, the Company anticipates that such rentals will recur. Rent expense for pole attachments was $10.5 million, 
$9.5 million and $8.9 million for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

(cid:404) 

Fees imposed on the Company by various governmental authorities, including franchise fees, are passed through on a monthly 
basis to the Company’s customers and are periodically remitted to authorities. These fees were $25.2 million, $22.7 million and 
$16.1 million for 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As the Company acts as principal in these arrangements, these fees are reported 
in video and voice revenues on a gross basis with corresponding expenses included within operating expenses in the consolidated 
statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

(cid:404)  The Company has franchise agreements requiring plant construction and the provision of services to customers within the franchise 
areas. In connection with these obligations under existing franchise agreements, the Company obtains surety bonds or letters of 
credit guaranteeing performance to municipalities and public utilities and payment of insurance premiums. Such surety bonds and 
letters of credit totaled $31.6 million and $18.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Payments under these 
arrangements  are  required  only  in  the  remote  event  of  nonperformance.  The  Company  does  not  expect  that  these  contingent 
commitments will result in any amounts being paid. 

F-34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
(cid:404)

The Company issued letters of credit totaling $22.0 million in January 2020 on behalf of Wisper to guarantee its performance
obligations under an FCC broadband funding program. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has assessed the likelihood of non-
performance associated with the guarantee to be remote, and therefore, no liability has been accrued within the consolidated balance
sheet. Refer to note 10 for further details on this transaction.

Litigation and Legal Matters. The Company is subject to complaints and administrative proceedings and has been a defendant in various 
civil lawsuits that have arisen in the ordinary course of its business. Such matters include contract disputes; actions alleging negligence; 
invasion of privacy; trademark, copyright and patent infringement; violations of applicable wage and hour laws; statutory or common law 
claims involving current and former employees; and other matters. Although the outcomes of any legal claims and proceedings against the 
Company cannot be predicted with certainty, based on currently available information, the Company believes that there are no existing 
claims or proceedings that are likely to have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or cash 
flows. 

Regulation in the Company’s Industry. The Company’s operations are extensively regulated by the FCC, some state governments and 
most local governments. The FCC has the authority to enforce its regulations through the imposition of substantial fines, the issuance of 
cease and desist orders and/or the imposition of other administrative sanctions, such as the revocation of FCC licenses needed to operate 
certain transmission facilities used in connection with cable operations. Future legislative and regulatory changes could adversely affect 
the Company’s operations. 

18.

SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On February 12, 2021, the Company and its indirect wholly owned subsidiary, Lighthouse Merger Sub LLC, entered into an Agreement 
and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 12, 2021 (the "Merger Agreement"), with Hargray and TPO-Hargray, LLC, as equityholders' 
representative, pursuant to which the Company agreed to acquire the equity interests in Hargray that it does not already own (the "Hargray 
Acquisition"). The equity interests to be acquired represent approximately 85% of Hargray on a fully diluted basis. Under the terms of the 
Merger Agreement, the Company will pay a purchase price that implies a $2.2 billion total enterprise value for Hargray on a debt-free and 
cash-free  basis,  subject  to  customary  post-closing  adjustments.  The  Company  intends  to  finance  the  Hargray  Acquisition with  a 
combination  of  existing  cash  resources and  proceeds  from  new  indebtedness  (which  may  include  revolving  credit  facility  borrowings) 
and/or equity capital. The Company has received $900 million of definitive bridge loan commitments from JPMorgan and Credit Suisse 
AG  to  finance  a  portion  of  the  purchase  price.  Hargray  has  also  amended  its  credit  agreement  to  allow  the  Company  to  assume 
approximately $689 million of Hargray’s outstanding debt at the closing of the Hargray Acquisition. The Hargray Acquisition will expand 
the Company’s presence in the Southeastern U.S. and enable the Company to capitalize on Hargray’s experience and expertise in fiber 
expansion. The closing of the Hargray Acquisition is subject to the receipt of certain regulatory approvals, including clearance under the 
Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 and the receipt of consents or approvals from the FCC and certain state public 
service commissions, and other customary closing conditions. The Company currently anticipates that the Hargray Acquisition will be 
completed during the second quarter of 2021. 

F-35

This page intentionally left blank

LETTER FROM THE PRESIDENT & CEO

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Dear Valued Cable One Shareholders,

2020  will  forever  be  remembered  as  a  year  of  

incomprehensible  challenge  and  uncertainty  caused 

by the COVID-19 pandemic, but also one of courage, 

resiliency  and  innovation.  The  world  became  smaller  

as  quarantines  went  into  effect  and  then  enlarged 

as  individuals  took  advantage  of  connectivity  tools  that  enabled  them 

to work and school from home, utilize telehealth, access entertainment  

and gather virtually with loved ones. 

I  am  very  grateful  to  serve  in  the  broadband  industry  at  a  time  when 

we  are  able  to  provide  that  connectivity  and  truly  make  a  difference  

for  our  customers  and  communities.  Through  years  of  proactive  

management  and  making  capital 

investments  totaling  more  than  

$600  million  since  2018,  we  engineered  a  robust  and  reliable  network  

to  support  the  unprecedented  surge  in  internet  usage,  enabling  us  to 

stay ahead of the consumption curve and provide the speed and capacity 

needed throughout this crisis.

Delivering on Our Purpose

I  am  also  both  humbled  and  incredibly  proud  of  how  our  more  than  

2,700  associates  across  21  states  responded  during  the  pandemic.  

We rapidly transitioned to a work from home environment and adjusted 

our  processes  and  procedures  to  safeguard  the  health  and  well-being  

of  our  associates,  our  customers,  and  the  communities  we  serve.  

While responding to record-setting demand for high-speed internet, our  

associates created innovative ways to safely install and serve customers  

in order to deliver on our purpose of keeping them connected to what  

matters  most.  Because  we  live  and  work  in  the  cities  and  towns  we  

serve, supporting our communities in other ways was equally as critical, 

and we did so through donations of time and money in support of those 

most impacted by COVID-19.

COVID-19 Customer Initiatives 

 ƒ Participation in the FCC’s “Keep Americans Connected Pledge”   

 ƒ Created video chat applications enabling our technicians to  

 ƒ Free public Wi-Fi hotspots and a low-cost 15 Mbps service  

for the first three months

 ƒ “K-12 Bridge to Broadband” initiative, which helps school  

districts and states provide internet access for students in 

low-income households

 ƒ Donations of $300,000 to Meals on Wheels and local food  

banks; and $50,000 to K-12 schools for back to school supplies   

Despite  wide-ranging  impacts  and  obstacles  from  the  pandemic,  our 

associates  went  above  and  beyond  to  keep  our  business  moving  and 

accomplished  a  number  of  important  pre-planned  initiatives,  including 

the  introduction  of  new  products  and  services;  rebranding  NewWave 

to  Sparklight®;  deploying  DOCSIS  3.1  in  19  markets;  and  completing  

26 backbone projects, just to name a few. It would have been very easy 

and  understandable  for  our  associates  to  succumb  to  the  fatigue  and  

weariness  brought  on  by  the  pandemic,  but  I  can  say  with  unparalleled  

gratitude  and  pride—our  associates  remained  steadfast 

in  their  

unwavering  support  of  our  values—do  right  by  those  we  serve,  drive 

progress and lend a hand. I am truly honored to lead this team.

Strategic Investment & Growth  

With  the  pandemic  came  record  broadband  growth,  as  individuals  who 

had previously relied on wireless or inferior connections experienced the 

need  for  stronger  and  more  reliable  internet  service.  Over  the  course 

of  the  year,  we  saw  a  record  increase  of  82,000  residential  high-speed  

internet customers. To give perspective on that growth number, excluding 

customers added at the closing of each of our acquisitions since 2015,  

we  organically  added  over  50%  more  customers  in  2020  than  we  did  

over the four-and-a-half years between our spin-off and the end of 2019. 

Our  focus  on  driving  the  business  forward  through  acquisitions  and  

strategic  investments  also  continued  on  a  positive  trajectory  in  2020,  

including  our  acquisition  of  ValuNet  and  completing  five  broadband- 

related investments with a cumulative book value of nearly $750 million.  

We  are  pleased  to  welcome  ValuNet  and  (upon  closing)  Hargray  to  

the  Cable  One  family  of  brands,  and  excited  to  work  with  our  new  

partners  at  Mega  Broadband,  Wisper  and  Nextlink.  Each  of  our  

investments  and  acquisitions  has  furthered  our  vision  to  deliver  high- 

quality  broadband  service  to  small  cities  and  large  towns  throughout  

rural America. Looking ahead, we will continue to seek opportunities to 

drive  long-term  shareholder  value  via  organic  growth,  acquisitions  and 

strategic investments. 

Our Commitment to DEI & Corporate Social Responsibility

In  2020,  we  further  strengthened  our  commitment  to  diversity,  equity 

and  inclusion,  working  to  foster  an  environment  in  which  all  associates  

and  customers  are  valued.  In  the  coming  year,  we  will  continue  to  

take  meaningful  measures  in  understanding,  accepting  and  valuing  

one  another’s  differences  and  creating  a  respectful  and 

inclusive  

environment,  as  these  actions  are  core  to  our  values  and  enable  us  to  

better support one another and the communities we serve. 

Through  our  expanded  corporate  giving  program,  we  are  pleased  to  

continue  our  ongoing  partnerships  with  Arbor  Day  Foundation  and  

EmbraceRace,  a  nonprofit  organization  that  supports  parents  in  raising 

children  who  are  brave,  informed  and  thoughtful  about  race.  We  have  

also  launched  the  Cable  One  Charitable  Giving  Fund,  which  provides  

grants  to  support  nonprofit  organizations  across  our  footprint.  Staying  

true  to  our  commitment  to  digital  equity,  we  are  enhancing  our 

Chromebooks  for  Kids  initiative  this  year  by  increasing  the  number  of 

Chromebooks  we  donate  to  Title  I  schools  in  our  markets,  helping  to 

ensure  low  income  students  have  the  devices  they  need  to  participate  

in  virtual  learning.  I  encourage  you  to  learn  more  about  our  initiatives  

Emerging Stronger

We  were  gratified  that  our  associates  recognized  our  efforts  over  the  

past year on their behalf as well as that of our customers, as evidenced 

by our recent recognition on the Forbes list of America’s Best Midsized  

Employers  as  well  as  in  the  results  of  our  annual  associate  satisfaction  

survey.  Our  associates  gave  highest  marks  for  taking  associate  safety  

seriously and pride in working for Cable One. Those responses, coupled  

with  a  record  high  satisfaction  rate,  illustrate  that  our  associates  are  

connected and engaged—even in the virtual world we all find ourselves in. 

2020 was a year in which, against tremendous odds, we proudly delivered 

on our commitment to our associates, our customers, our communities  

and  our  shareholders.  I  want  to  thank  all  of  our  associates  for  their  

continued dedication, perseverance and commitment. We have emerged 

with renewed vigor and resolve from one of the most challenging times  

in  recent  history  and  begin  2021  with  hope  for  ongoing  progress  in  a 

transformed world. Thank you for your trust and support on this journey. 

Best, 

Julia M. Laulis 

install and troubleshoot service, while keeping customers safe

by visiting ir.cableone.net/esg.

Julia M. Laulis

Thomas S. Gayner

Mary E. Meduski

Sherrese M. Smith

Chair of the Board, President  
& Chief Executive Officer

Brad D. Brian

Director

Lead Independent Director;  
Chair, Executive Committee  
and Nominating & Governance 
Committee

Deborah J. Kissire

Chair, Audit Committee

Director

Director

Thomas O. Might

Wallace R. Weitz

Director

Kristine E. Miller

Director

Chair, Compensation Committee

Katharine B. Weymouth

Director

EXECUTIVE TEAM

Julia M. Laulis

Chair of the Board, President  
& Chief Executive Officer

Michael E. Bowker

Chief Operating Officer

Steven S. Cochran

Chief Financial Officer

Christopher D. Boone

Senior Vice President, Business 
Services & Emerging Markets

Megan M. Detz

Senior Vice President,  
Human Resources 
(joining in 2021)

Kenneth E. Johnson

Senior Vice President,  
Technology Services

Eric M. Lardy

Senior Vice President,  
Operations & Integration

Donna M. Chatman

Vice President,  
South Central Division

Leann E. Dittman

Vice President,  
Customer Operations

James A. Obermeyer

Jarrod L. Head

Senior Vice President,  
Marketing & Sales

Peter N. Witty

Vice President,  
Engineering & Construction

Travis G. Marlow

Senior Vice President,  
General Counsel & Secretary

Vice President,  
Product Engineering & Support

Juli A. Blanda

Charles B. McDonald

Vice President, West Division 

Vice President, Shared Services

Gary A. McDonald

Vice President, Northeast Division

Stephen W. Pozil

Vice President, Market Expansion

Dale P. Stanley

Vice President,  
Information Systems  
& Application Architecture

Raymond L. Storck, Jr.

Vice President,  
Finance & Treasurer

John M. Walburn

Vice President, Midwest Division

ANNUAL MEETING  

The annual meeting of  
stockholders will be held on  
May 21, 2021 at 8 a.m. MST 

Cable One Corporate Office

210 E. Earll Drive  
Phoenix, AZ 85012

Stock Exchange

Cable One common stock is traded  
on the New York Stock Exchange  
under the symbol CABO

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT  
AND REGISTRAR

General Stockholder Correspondence
Computershare 
PO Box 505000 
Louisville, KY 40233-5000 

Transfers By Overnight Courier
Computershare 
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600 
Louisville, KY 40202

Stockholder Inquiries
Communication concerning transfer requirements,  
lost certificates, dividends and changes of address should  
be directed to Computershare Investor Services:  

Telephone: (800) 446-2617 | (781) 575-2723    
TDD: (800) 952-9245

Questions also may be sent via the website:  
www.computershare.com/us/investor-inquiries

Chair of the Board, President & Chief Executive Officer

Please refer to the back inside cover of this 2020 Annual Report for important disclaimers.

This document contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts, but rather 
are based on current expectations, estimates, assumptions and projections about our industry, business, strategy, acquisitions and strategic investments, dividend policy, financial results and financial condition 
as well as anticipated impacts from, and our responses to, the COVID-19 pandemic. Please refer to the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” appearing on page 2 of 
our Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other filings with the SEC for more information. The contents of our website is not incorporated by reference into this 2020 Annual Report.

 
 
 
 
Connecting  
our customers  
and communities  
to what matters most.

210 E. Earll Drive 
Phoenix, Arizona 85012
(602) 364-6000 
cableone.biz

2020 Annual Report